P/N 90-FM200M-030

February 2004

FM-200
ADS Series
Engineered
Fire Suppression Systems

Design, Installation,
Operation and
Maintenance Manual
FM
R

APPROVED
LISTED
UL Listing File No. EX 4674 FM Approvals
P.I. 3015461
P.I. 3009421
P/N 90-FM200M-030
February 2004

FM-200
ADS Series
Engineered
Fire Suppression Systems

Design, Installation,
Operation and
Maintenance Manual
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
 FOREWORD

This manual is written for those who are installing an FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression Systems.
IMPORTANT
Kidde-Fenwal assumes no responsibility for the application of any systems other than those addressed in this manual. The technical
data contained herein is limited strictly for information purposes only. Kidde-Fenwal believes this data to be accurate, but it is
published and presented without any guarantee or warranty whatsoever. Kidde-Fenwal disclaims any liability for any use that may be
made of the data and information contained herein by any and all other parties.
Kidde FM-200 Fire Suppression Systems are to be designed, installed, inspected, maintained, tested and recharged by qualified,
trained personnel in accordance with the following:
Standard of the National Fire Protection Association No. 2001, titled Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems.
All instructions, limitations, etc. contained in this manual, P/N 90-FM200M-030.
All information contained on the system container nameplate(s).
Storage, handling, transportation, service, maintenance, recharge, and test of agent storage containers shall be performed only by
qualified and trained personnel in accordance with the information in this manual and Compressed Gas Association pamphlets C-1,
C-6 and P-1:
C-1, Methods for Hydrostatic Testing of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
C-6, Standards for Visual Inspection of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases In Containers.
CGA pamphlets are published by the Compressed Gas Association, Crystal Square Two, 1725 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington,
VA 22202-4102.
The new design concentration for Class A and C fires applies to systems designed to meet and comply with UL 2166 and NFPA 2001
guidelines. As such, our Customers are reminded and advised:
The applicable best practice that these systems use automatic actuation;
Designers should also take note of clause 2-3.5.6.1 in NFPA 20011 with regard to time delays;
The designer should also take note of A.3-4.2.4 in NFPA 2001 and confirm that the hazard protected does not include any
identifiable fire accelerants2, which would classify the area as a Class B hazard;
In addition, the designer should refer to section A.3-6 in NFPA 2001 and confirm that the area does not include a material
number of power or energized cables3 in close proximity that would predicate the usage of a different design concentration.
Please contact applications engineering for design guidance in this instance.
1 Clause 2-3.5.6.1 in NFPA 2001, 2000 edition states:
For clean agent extinguishing systems, a pre-discharge alarm and time delay, sufficient to allow personnel evacuation prior to discharge, shall
be provided. For hazard areas subject to fast growth fires, where the provision of a time delay would seriously increase the threat to life and
property, a time delay shall be permitted to be eliminated.
2 A.3-4.2.4 in NFPA 2001, 2000 edition states
Hazards containing both Class A and Class B fuels should be evaluated on the basis of the fuel requiring the highest design concentration.
3 A.3.6 in NFPA 2001, 2000 edition states in part
...Energized electrical equipment that could provide a prolonged ignition source shall be de-energized prior to or during agent discharge. If
electrical equipment cannot be de-energized, consideration should be given to the use of extended agent discharge, higher initial concentra-
tion, and the possibility of formation of combustion and decomposition products. Additional testing can be needed on suppression of energized
electrical equipment fires to determine these quantities...
Any questions concerning the information presented in this manual should be addressed to:
Kidde-Fenwal Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
Phone: (508) 881-2000
Fax: (508) 881-8920

i
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

ii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Foreword ........................................................................................................................................................................... i
List of Appendices ............................................................................................................................................................ vii
List of Illustrations ............................................................................................................................................................. viii
List of Tables ..................................................................................................................................................................... x
Safety Summary ............................................................................................................................................................... xiii

Paragraph Title Page

1 GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................ 1-1

1-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 1-1
1-2 System Description ..................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1-2.1 Applications ................................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations ................................................................................................ 1-2
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent .................................................................................................................................... 1-2
1-2.2.1 Toxicity ........................................................................................................................................................ 1-2
1-2.2.2 Decomposition ............................................................................................................................................ 1-3
1-2.2.3 Cleanliness ................................................................................................................................................. 1-3
1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations ...................................................................................................................... 1-3
1-2.2.5 Storage ........................................................................................................................................................ 1-3

2 OPERATION ............................................................................................................................................... 2-1

2-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 2-1
2-2 System Controls and Indicators ................................................................................................................. 2-1
2-2.1 General ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-3 Operating Procedures ................................................................................................................................ 2-1
2-3.1 Automatic Operation ................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-3.2 Remote Manual Operation ......................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-3.3 Local Manual Operation ............................................................................................................................. 2-1
2-3.4 Local Manual Operation of Directional Valves ........................................................................................... 2-1
2-3.5 Post-Discharge Service .............................................................................................................................. 2-2
2-4 Cylinder Recharge ...................................................................................................................................... 2-2
2-5 Special System Precautions ....................................................................................................................... 2-2
2-5.1 Systems Actuated with a Master FM-200 Cylinder .................................................................................... 2-2
2-5.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder ....................................................................................... 2-2

3 FUNCTIONAL DESIGN .............................................................................................................................. 3-1

3-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 3-1
3-2 Functional Description ................................................................................................................................ 3-1
3-3 Component Descriptions ............................................................................................................................ 3-2
3-3.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ............................................................................................... 3-2
3-3.1.1 Discharge Head: Grooved Nut or Plain NUT (P/N 872442 and P/N 872450) ........................................... 3-3
3-3.2 FM-200 Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ............................................................................................................ 3-3
3-3.3 Liquid Level Indicator (P/Ns 283894 and 06-118266-001) ........................................................................ 3-5
3-3.4 Combined Cylinder Straps for 225 and 395 lb. Systems (P/Ns 06-236126-001 and 06-236127-001) .... 3-5
3-3.5 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Equipment for 225 and 395 lb. Systems ........................................... 3-6
3-3.5.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps (P/N 270014 and P/N 270157) ............................................... 3-6
3-3.5.2 Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps for 675 and 1010 lb. Systems
(P/N 06-236173-001 and P/N 06-236174-001) ......................................................................................... 3-7
3-3.6 FM-200 Cylinder Mounting Equipment (P/Ns 235317, 281866, 294651 and 236125) ............................. 3-8
3-3.7 Control Heads for Nitrogen Driver Valve Only ........................................................................................... 3-9
3-3.7.1 Electric Control Heads (P/N 890181, P/N 890149 and P/N 890165) ........................................................ 3-9
3-3.7.2 Explosion Proof Electric Control Head (P/N 81-100000-001) ................................................................... 3-9
3-3.7.3 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 895630, 895627, 897494, 897560 and 895628) ............ 3-10
3-3.7.4 Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 979469) ............................................................................................. 3-10
3-3.7.5 Lever Operated Control Head (P/N 870652) ............................................................................................. 3-10
3-3.7.6 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 878751) ............................................................................. 3-11
3-3.7.7 Pressure Operated Control Head (P/Ns 878737 and 878750) ................................................................. 3-11
3-3.8 Manual Pull Stations ................................................................................................................................... 3-11
3-3.8.1 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface (P/N 871403) ..................................................................................... 3-11
3-3.9 Actuation Accessories ................................................................................................................................ 3-12

iii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)

Paragraph Title Page

3-3.9.1 Actuation Assembly Kit for 225 and 395 lb. Cylinders (P/N 06-129882-001) ........................................... 3-12
3-3.9.2 Actuation Assembly Kit for 675 and 1010 lb. Cylinders (P/N 06-129985-001) ......................................... 3-12
3-3.9.3 1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose (P/N 06-118207-00X) ...................................................................................... 3-13
3-3.9.4 Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter (P/Ns 877940, 877845 and 69920501) ..................... 3-13
3-3.9.5 Flexible Actuation Hose (P/N 06-118193-00X) .......................................................................................... 3-13
3-3.9.6 Tees, Elbows and Adapters ........................................................................................................................ 3-14
3-3.10 Discharge AccessoriesNitrogen Driver Cylinder ...................................................................................... 3-14
3-3.10.1 3/4" Orifice Fitting (P/N 90-194129-XXX) .................................................................................................. 3-14
3-3.11 Discharge AccessoriesFM-200 Cylinder .................................................................................................. 3-15
3-3.11.1 3/4" Check Diffuser ..................................................................................................................................... 3-15
3-3.11.2 Flexible Discharge Hose (P/N 283899 and 06-118225-001) ..................................................................... 3-15
3-3.11.3 Valve Outlet Adapters (P/N 283905) .......................................................................................................... 3-15
3-3.11.4 Check Valves .............................................................................................................................................. 3-16
3-3.11.5 Manifold EL-Checks (P/N 877690) ............................................................................................................. 3-16
3-3.11.6 Pressure Operated Switches (P/N 486536 and P/N 981332) ................................................................... 3-16
3-3.11.7 Swing Checks (P/N 06-118213-001 and 06-118058-001) ......................................................................... 3-18
3-3.11.8 Directional Valves (P/Ns 90-118325-00X and 90-118327-00X) ................................................................ 3-18
3-3.11.8.1 Electric Solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001) ..................................................................................................... 3-20
3-3.11.8.2 Pressure Regulator (P/N 06-118334-001) ................................................................................................. 3-20
3-3.11.9 Pressure Operated Trip (P/N 874290) ....................................................................................................... 3-20
3-3.11.10 Discharge Indicator (P/N 875553) .............................................................................................................. 3-20
3-3.11.11 Corner Pulleys (P/N 803808 and P/N 844648) .......................................................................................... 3-21
3-3.11.12 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch (P/N 802398) ........................................................................................ 3-21
3-3.11.13 Discharge Nozzles ...................................................................................................................................... 3-21
3-3.12 Other Accessories ...................................................................................................................................... 3-21
3-3.12.1 Hydrostatic Test Adapters ........................................................................................................................... 3-21
3-3.12.2 FM-200 Cylinder Recharge Adapters ......................................................................................................... 3-21
3-3.12.3 FM-200 Cylinder Seating Adapter (P/N 933537) ....................................................................................... 3-23
3-3.12.4 Safety Outlets (P/N 803242 AND P/N 844346) ......................................................................................... 3-23
3-3.13 Detectors and Control Panels .................................................................................................................... 3-23
3-3.13.1 Detectors ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-23
3-3.13.2 Control Panel .............................................................................................................................................. 3-23

4 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................... 4-1

4-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4-2 Design Procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.1 General ....................................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2 Application .................................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4-2.2.1 Calculate Agent Required ........................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2.2 Determine Components Required .............................................................................................................. 4-1
4-2.2.3 Locate Nozzles ........................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2.4 Locate Cylinders ......................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2.5 Locate Piping .............................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4-2.2.6 Pipe Size and Layout .................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4-2.2.7 Using the FM-200 Concentration Flooding Factors ................................................................................... 4-5
4-2.2.8 Manifolds ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-5
4-2.3 Design Criteria ............................................................................................................................................ 4-6
4-2.3.1 First Branch Flow Split ................................................................................................................................ 4-6
4-2.3.2 Tee Flow Splits ............................................................................................................................................ 4-6
4-2.3.2.1 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits ............................................................................................................... 4-8
4-2.3.3 Duration of Discharge ................................................................................................................................. 4-8
4-2.3.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement ............................................................................................................... 4-8
4-2.3.5 Nozzle Placement ....................................................................................................................................... 4-9
4-2.3.5.1 Limits on Nozzle Conditions ....................................................................................................................... 4-10
4-2.3.5.2 Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs ........................................................................................... 4-10
4-2.3.6 Pipe Sizing .................................................................................................................................................. 4-10
4-2.4 Other Conditions ......................................................................................................................................... 4-11
4-2.4.1 Operating/Storage Temperature Range ..................................................................................................... 4-11
4-2.4.2 Storage Temperature .................................................................................................................................. 4-11
4-2.4.3 System Operating Pressure ....................................................................................................................... 4-11

iv
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)

Paragraph Title Page

4-2.5 Pressure Actuation Limitations for 225 and 395 lb. Systems .................................................................... 4-11
4-2.5.1 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pressure From A Master Nitrogen Driver ............................................... 4-11
4-2.5.2 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pressure From A Master Nitrogen Driver ........................................ 4-11
4-2.5.3 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure ..................................................... 4-11
4-2.5.4 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure ............................................................ 4-11
4-2.5.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with 225 and 395 lb. ADS Series Systems (P/N 06-129944-X0X) .... 4-14
4-2.6 Pressure Actuation Limitations for 675 and 1010 lb. ADS Series Systems .............................................. 4-15
4-2.6.1 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pressure From A Master Nitrogen Driver ............................................... 4-15
4-2.6.2 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pressure From A Master Nitrogen Driver ........................................ 4-15
4-2.6.3 Cylinders Close Coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure ............................................................ 4-15
4-2.6.4 Cylinders Not Close Coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure ..................................................... 4-15
4-2.6.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with 675 and 1010 lb. ADS Series Systems (P/N 06-129986-X0X) .. 4-15
4-2.7 Manifold Arrangement with Directional Valves (Multi-Hazard Arrangements for all Systems) ................. 4-17
4-2.7.1 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator: Using Nitrogen Pilot Actuation for each 3-way Ball Valve ... 4-17
4-2.8 Using Multiple Nitrogen Cylinders .............................................................................................................. 4-20
4-2.8.1 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations .......................................................................................................... 4-20
4-2.8.2 Pressure Trip Limitations ............................................................................................................................ 4-20
4-3 Equipment Installation ................................................................................................................................ 4-20
4-3.1 General ....................................................................................................................................................... 4-20
4-3.2 Distribution Piping and Fittings .................................................................................................................. 4-21
4-3.2.1 Threads ....................................................................................................................................................... 4-21
4-3.2.2 Pipe ............................................................................................................................................................. 4-21
4-3.2.2.1 Ferrous Piping ............................................................................................................................................ 4-21
4-3.2.2.2 Piping Joints ............................................................................................................................................... 4-21
4-3.2.2.3 Fittings ........................................................................................................................................................ 4-21
4-3.3 Installation of Pipe and Fittings .................................................................................................................. 4-21
4-3.4 Installation of Check Valves ....................................................................................................................... 4-22
4-3.5 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe ...................................................................................................... 4-22
4-3.6 Installation of Directional Valves with Pneumatic Actuators and Solenoids ............................................. 4-22
4-3.6.1 System Release Control Configuration ...................................................................................................... 4-23
4-3.7 Installation of Discharge Nozzles ............................................................................................................... 4-24
4-3.8 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter ............................................................................................................ 4-24
4-3.9 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose ...................................................................................................... 4-24
4-3.10 Installation of Nitrogen Driver and FM-200 Cylinder/Valve Assemblies .................................................... 4-25
4-3.10.1 The Single Cylinder and Single Driver ADS Series System (225 and 395 lb. Systems only) .................. 4-25
4-3.10.2 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Two Driver ADS Series System (675 and 1010 lb. Systems Only) 4-27
4-3.11 Installation of Electric Control Heads to Nitrogen Driver Only .................................................................. 4-29
4-3.12 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 878737 and 878750) ......................................... 4-29
4-3.13 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 895627, 895628 and 897494) .................. 4-30
4-3.14 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 979469) ...................................................................... 4-30
4-3.15 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head (P/N 870652) ...................................................................... 4-31
4-3.16 Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N 877940) and Mounting Bracket (P/N 877845) ...................... 4-31
4-3.17 Installation of Pressure Switch (P/N 486536) ............................................................................................ 4-31
4-3.18 Installation of Pressure Trip (P/N 874290) ................................................................................................. 4-31
4-3.19 Installation of Manual Pull Station (P/N 871403) ....................................................................................... 4-31
4-3.20 Installation of Discharge Indicator (P/N 875553) ....................................................................................... 4-32
4-3.21 Post-Installation Checkout ......................................................................................................................... 4-32

v
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)

Paragraph Title Page

5 MAINTENANCE .......................................................................................................................................... 5-1

5-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 5-1
5-2 Maintenance Procedures ........................................................................................................................... 5-1
5-2.1 General ....................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5-3 Preventive Maintenance ............................................................................................................................. 5-1
5-4 Inspection Procedures ................................................................................................................................ 5-1
5-4.1 Weekly ........................................................................................................................................................ 5-1
5-4.1.1 Check Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Pressure .................................................................................................. 5-1
5-4.2 Monthly ........................................................................................................................................................ 5-1
5-4.2.1 General Inspection ..................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5-4.2.2 Hazard Access ............................................................................................................................................ 5-1
5-4.2.3 Inspect Hoses ............................................................................................................................................. 5-1
5-4.2.4 Inspect Pressure Control Heads ................................................................................................................ 5-2
5-4.2.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads ................................................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.6 Inspect Cylinder and Valve Assembly for Both the Agent Cylinder and Nitrogen Driver Cylinder ........... 5-2
5-4.2.7 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware ...................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.8 Inspect Discharge Hoses ........................................................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.9 Inspect Actuation Line ................................................................................................................................ 5-2
5-4.2.10 Inspect Discharge Nozzles ......................................................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.11 Inspect Pull Stations ................................................................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.12 Inspect Pressure Switches ......................................................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.13 Cylinders Not Equipped with Flexible Tape Liquid Level Indicator ............................................................ 5-2
5-4.2.14 Cylinders Equipped with Flexible Tape Liquid Level Indicator .................................................................. 5-3
5-4.3 Inspection Procedures, Semi-Annual ........................................................................................................ 5-3
5-4.3.1 Pressure Switch Test .................................................................................................................................. 5-3
5-4.3.2 Electric Control Head Test .......................................................................................................................... 5-3
5-4.4 Inspection Procedures2 Year ................................................................................................................... 5-6
5-5 Inspection and Retest Procedures for FM-200 Cylinders ......................................................................... 5-6
5-5.1 Cylinders Continuously in Service Without Discharge .............................................................................. 5-6
5-5.2 Discharged Cylinders or Charged Cylinders That are Transported .......................................................... 5-6
5-5.3 Retest .......................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
5-5.4 Flexible Hoses ............................................................................................................................................ 5-7
5-6 Service ........................................................................................................................................................ 5-7
5-6.1 Cleaning ...................................................................................................................................................... 5-7
5-6.2 Nozzle Service ............................................................................................................................................ 5-7
5-6.3 Repairs ........................................................................................................................................................ 5-7
5-7 Removing an FM-200 Cylinder and Nitrogen Driver .................................................................................. 5-7
5-7.1 Single Cylinder System .............................................................................................................................. 5-7
5-7.2 Multiple Cylinder System ............................................................................................................................ 5-7
5-8 Installing an FM-200 Cylinder .................................................................................................................... 5-8
5-8.1 Single Cylinder System .............................................................................................................................. 5-8
5-8.2 Multiple Cylinder System ............................................................................................................................ 5-8

6 POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................................ 6-1

6-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 6-1
6-2 Post-Fire Maintenance ............................................................................................................................... 6-1
6-2.1 FM-200 Valve Inspection and Service ....................................................................................................... 6-1
6-2.1.1 FM-200 Discharge Valve Disassembly (2" Valve) ..................................................................................... 6-1
6-2.1.2 FM-200 Discharge Valve Assembly (2" Valve) ........................................................................................... 6-1
6-2.1.3 FM-200 Discharge Valve Disassembly (3" Valve) ..................................................................................... 6-2
6-2.1.4 FM-200 Discharge Valve Assembly (3" Valve) ........................................................................................... 6-3
6-2.1.5 Safety Disc Replacement (2" Valve) .......................................................................................................... 6-3
6-2.1.6 Safety Disc Replacement (3" Valve) .......................................................................................................... 6-3
6-2.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Inspection and Services ....................................................................................... 6-4
6-2.2.1 I-Valve Disassembly ................................................................................................................................... 6-4
6-2.2.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Assembly ............................................................................................................... 6-5
6-2.2.3 Safety Disc Replacement ........................................................................................................................... 6-5
6-2.2.4 Grooved Nut and Plain Nut Discharge Head Inspection and Service ....................................................... 6-5
6-2.3 3/4-Inch Check Diffuser Inspection and Service ........................................................................................ 6-6
6-2.3.1 3/4-inch Check Diffuser Disassembly ........................................................................................................ 6-6

vi
 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)

Paragraph Title Page

6-2.3.2 3/4-inch Check Diffuser Assembly ............................................................................................................. 6-6

6-3 Recharging FM-200 Cylinders .................................................................................................................... 6-7
6-3.1 Charging FM-200 Cylinder and Valve Assembly ....................................................................................... 6-7
6-3.2 FM-200 Cylinder Leak Test ......................................................................................................................... 6-10
6-3.3 Salvaging FM-200 from Leaking Cylinder Assembly ................................................................................. 6-11
6-4 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Service and Maintenance ................................................................................... 6-11
6-4.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test .................................................................................. 6-11
6-4.2 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Replacement ...................................................................................................... 6-12
6-4.3 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Recharge ............................................................................................................ 6-12
6-5 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Service and Maintenance ..................................................................................... 6-13
6-5.1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test ..................................................................................... 6-13
6-5.2 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Replacement ......................................................................................................... 6-13
6-5.3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Recharge ............................................................................................................... 6-13
6-5.4 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Installation ............................................................................................................. 6-14

7 PARTS LIST ............................................................................................................................................... 7-1

7-1 Introduction and Parts List ......................................................................................................................... 7-1
7-2 UL Listed Discharge Nozzles ..................................................................................................................... 7-6
7-3 UL Listed and FM Approved Discharge Nozzles ....................................................................................... 7-12

LIST OF APPENDICES

Appendix Title Page

A Material Safety Datasheets ........................................................................................................................ A-1

vii
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Title Page

3-1 Typical FM-200 System with Electric Control Head ................................................................................... 3-1
3-2 Typical FM-200 System with Cable Operated Control Head ..................................................................... 3-1
3-3 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder and Valve Assemblies,Vertical Mount Only .. 3-2
3-4 Grooved Nut Discharge Head, P/N 872442 ............................................................................................... 3-3
3-5 Plain Nut Discharge Head, P/N 872450 .................................................................................................... 3-3
3-6 225, 395, 675 and 1010 lb. Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only ................................... 3-3
3-7 2" Valve General Arrangement ................................................................................................................... 3-4
3-8 3" Valve General Arrangement ................................................................................................................... 3-4
3-9 Liquid Level Indicator ................................................................................................................................. 3-5
3-10 225 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap ............................................................................................................... 3-5
3-11 395 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap ............................................................................................................... 3-5
3-12 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap ................................................................................................... 3-6
3-13 Cylinder Straps for the 4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver .................................................................................. 3-7
3-14 Cylinder Straps for the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver .................................................................................. 3-7
3-15 FM-200 Cylinder Mounting Straps .............................................................................................................. 3-8
3-16 Electric Control Head ................................................................................................................................. 3-9
3-17 Electric Control Head, Explosion Proof ...................................................................................................... 3-9
3-18 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ...................................................................................................... 3-10
3-19 Cable Operated Control Head .................................................................................................................... 3-10
3-20 Lever Operated Control Head .................................................................................................................... 3-10
3-21 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head .................................................................................................... 3-11
3-22 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................................................................... 3-11
3-23 Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head .............................................................................................. 3-11
3-24 Cable Manual Pull Station .......................................................................................................................... 3-11
3-25 Actuation Assembly Kit for the 225 and 395 lb. ADS Cylinders ................................................................ 3-12
3-26 Actuation Assembly Kit for the 675 and 1010 lb. ADS Cylinders .............................................................. 3-12
3-27 1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose .......................................................................................................................... 3-13
3-28 Nitrogen Actuator Mounting Bracket and Adapter ..................................................................................... 3-13
3-29 Flexible Actuation Hose .............................................................................................................................. 3-13
3-30 Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Nitrogen Pilot Actuation ........................................................................... 3-14
3-31 Tee, Elbow and Adapters for Manifolded Cylinder Actuation ..................................................................... 3-14
3-32 Orifice Fitting ............................................................................................................................................... 3-14
3-33 3/4" Check Diffuser ..................................................................................................................................... 3-15
3-34 2" Flexible Discharge Hose ........................................................................................................................ 3-15
3-35 3" Flexible Discharge Hose ........................................................................................................................ 3-15
3-36 Valve Outlet Adapter ................................................................................................................................... 3-15
3-37 Check Valve ................................................................................................................................................ 3-16
3-38 Manifold El-Checks ..................................................................................................................................... 3-16
3-39 2 in. Swing Check Valve ............................................................................................................................. 3-18
3-40 Pressure Operated Switch ......................................................................................................................... 3-17
3-41 Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof .............................................................................................. 3-17
3-42 3 in. Swing Check Valve ............................................................................................................................. 3-18
3-43 Directional Valves ....................................................................................................................................... 3-18
3-44 T Flow Ball Position .................................................................................................................................... 3-18
3-45 L Flow Ball Position .................................................................................................................................... 3-18
3-46 Electric Solenoid ......................................................................................................................................... 3-20
3-47 Pressure Regulator ..................................................................................................................................... 3-20
3-48 Discharge Indicator ..................................................................................................................................... 3-20
3-49 Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications .................................................................................................... 3-21
3-50 1/2" E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications ........................................................................................ 3-21
3-51 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch ............................................................................................................... 3-21
3-52 Cylinder Recharge Adapters ...................................................................................................................... 3-21
3-53 Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 2-D ........................................................................................................... 3-22
3-54 Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 3-D ........................................................................................................... 3-22
3-55 Safety Outlets ............................................................................................................................................. 3-23

viii
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont.)

Figure Title Page

4-1 Percent Agent Before First Tee as a Function of Percent Agent in Pipe ................................................... 4-6
4-2 Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for Kidde ADS Series ..................................................................................... 4-7
4-3 Nozzle Placement and Coverage ............................................................................................................... 4-9
4-4 Nozzle Limitations ...................................................................................................................................... 4-10
4-5 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Close Coupled ...................................... 4-12
4-6 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Not Close Coupled ............................... 4-12
4-7 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ADS Cylinders, Not Close Coupled .......................................... 4-12
4-8 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ADS Cylinders, Close Coupled ................................................ 4-13
4-9 Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with 225 and 395 lb. ADS Series Systems ........................................ 4-14
4-10 Manifold Arrangement Kit for use with 675 and 1010 lb. ADS Series Systems ........................................ 4-15
4-11 Close Coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................................................... 4-16
4-12 Not Close Coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................................................... 4-16
4-13 Close Coupled Manifold Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................................................... 4-16
4-14 Close Coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Pilot Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................................................... 4-17
4-15 Arrangement 1: 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Dedicated
for Each Directional Valve .......................................................................................................................... 4-18
4-16 Arrangement 2: 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Controlled by a 24 Vdc Solenoid ................ 4-19
4-17 Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders ................................................................................................ 4-20
4-18 Straight Through Orientation ...................................................................................................................... 4-22
4-19 90 Orientation ............................................................................................................................................ 4-22
4-20 Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below) ................................................. 4-23
4-21 Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below) ............................................... 4-24
4-22 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping .................................................................... 4-24
4-23 Single Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting for 225 and 395 lb. Systems ............................................ 4-26
4-24 Single Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting for 675 and 1010 lb. Systems .......................................... 4-28
4-25 Electrical Connections for Control Head (P/Ns 890181, 890149 and 890165) ........................................ 4-29
4-26 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................................................................... 4-29
4-27 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ...................................................................................................... 4-30

5-1 Liquid Level Indicator ................................................................................................................................. 5-3

5-2 Calibration Chart, 225 lb. Cylinder ............................................................................................................. 5-4
5-3 Calibration Chart, 395 lb. Cylinder ............................................................................................................. 5-4
5-4 Calibration Chart, 675 lb. Cylinder ............................................................................................................. 5-5
5-5 Calibration Chart, 1010 lb. Cylinder ........................................................................................................... 5-5

6-1 Valve Assembly ........................................................................................................................................... 6-2

6-2 O-Ring, Piston ............................................................................................................................................ 6-2
6-3 3" Valve Assembly ...................................................................................................................................... 6-2
6-4 Safety Disc Replacement ........................................................................................................................... 6-3
6-5 Burst Disc .................................................................................................................................................... 6-4
6-6 5/8-inch I-Valve for Nitrogen Driver ............................................................................................................ 6-4
6-7 Grooved Nut Discharge Head .................................................................................................................... 6-5
6-8 Plain Nut Discharge Head .......................................................................................................................... 6-5
6-9 3/4-inch Check Diffuser .............................................................................................................................. 6-6
6-10 Typical Arrangement of FM-200 Charging System .................................................................................... 6-8
6-11 Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data ................................................................................................... 6-13

ix
 LIST OF TABLES

Table Title Page

1-1 FM-200 Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation .............................................................................. 1-3

1-2 Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation ............................................................................. 1-3
1-3 FM-200 Physical Properties, English Units ................................................................................................ 1-4
1-4 FM-200 Physical Properties, Metric Units .................................................................................................. 1-4

3-1 Dimensions, FM-200 Nitrogen Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only .......................... 3-2
3-2 Burst Disc Information ................................................................................................................................ 3-2
3-3 Fill Capacity: 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Capacity Nitrogen Driver
Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only ................................................................................ 3-2
3-4 Dimensions, FM-200 Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only ......................................... 3-3
3-5 Fill Range FM-200 Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only ............................................ 3-4
3-6 Discharge Valve Equivalent Lengths (for 225, 395, 675 and 1010 lb. Cylinders) .................................... 3-4
3-7 Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation ............................................................................................ 3-5
3-8 Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers .......................................................................................................... 3-5
3-9 Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, English ......................................................................................... 3-6
3-10 Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, Metric ........................................................................................... 3-6
3-11 DimensionsNitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English .............................................................. 3-6
3-12 DimensionsNitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric ................................................................ 3-6
3-13 DimensionsNitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English .............................................................. 3-7
3-14 DimensionsNitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric ................................................................ 3-7
3-15 DimensionsCylinder Mounting Straps, English ........................................................................................ 3-8
3-16 DimensionsCylinder Mounting Straps, Metric .......................................................................................... 3-8
3-17 Electric Operated Control Heads ............................................................................................................... 3-9
3-18 Electric Operated Control Head, Explosion Proof ..................................................................................... 3-9
3-19 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads ..................................................................................................... 3-10
3-20 Actuation Assembly Data for 225 and 395 lb. ADS Cylinders ................................................................... 3-12
3-21 Actuation Assembly Data for 675 and 1010 lb. ADS Cylinders ................................................................. 3-12
3-22 1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose Data ................................................................................................................. 3-13
3-23 Nitrogen Assembly Data ............................................................................................................................. 3-13
3-24 Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose ......................................................................................................... 3-13
3-25 Orifice Fitting Data ...................................................................................................................................... 3-14
3-26 Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses ..................................................................................................... 3-15
3-27 Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter .............................................................................................................. 3-15
3-28 Check Valves, Equivalent Lengths ............................................................................................................. 3-16
3-29 Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks ............................................................................................................... 3-16
3-30 El-Check, Equivalent Length ...................................................................................................................... 3-16
3-31 Swing Check Valve Data ............................................................................................................................ 3-18
3-32 Directional Valve Specifications* ................................................................................................................ 3-19
3-33 Pneumatic Actuator Specifications* ........................................................................................................... 3-19
3-34 Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications* .......................................................................................................... 3-20
3-35 DimensionsCylinder Recharge Adapters ................................................................................................. 3-21
3-36 Dimensions, 180 and 360 Discharge Nozzles ........................................................................................ 3-22
3-37 Safety Outlets ............................................................................................................................................. 3-23

4-1 Class B Suppression Design Concentrations ............................................................................................ 4-2

4-2 FM-200 Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), English .................................................................. 4-3
4-3 FM-200 Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric .................................................................... 4-4
4-4 Atmospheric Correction Factors ................................................................................................................ 4-5
4-5 Time for Safe Human Exposure at Stated Concentrations for HFC-227ea .............................................. 4-5
4-6 6 X Pipe Diameters ..................................................................................................................................... 4-8
4-7 Pipe Size Estimating Table ......................................................................................................................... 4-10
4-8 Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for 225 and 395 lb. Systems ............................................................ 4-13
4-9 675 and 1010 lb. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents ............................................................................... 4-14
4-10 3-Way Ball Valve* ....................................................................................................................................... 4-20
4-11 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations .......................................................................................................... 4-20
4-12 Directional Valve Data ................................................................................................................................ 4-23

x
 LIST OF TABLES (cont.)

Table Title Page

4-13 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, English ...................................................... 4-25
4-14 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, Metric ........................................................ 4-25
4-15 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, English (inches) ........................................................................ 4-26
4-16 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Metric (mm) ............................................................................... 4-26
4-17 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, English (inches) ........................................................................ 4-28
4-18 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Metric (mm) ............................................................................... 4-28

5-1 Preventive Maintenance Schedule ............................................................................................................. 5-1

5-2 Retest Schedule ......................................................................................................................................... 5-7

6-1 Valve Components ...................................................................................................................................... 6-2

6-2 Other Valve Components ........................................................................................................................... 6-2
6-3 3" Valve Components ................................................................................................................................. 6-2
6-4 Safety Disc Replacement (2" Valve) .......................................................................................................... 6-3
6-5 Safety Disc Replacement (3" Valve) .......................................................................................................... 6-4
6-6 I-Valve Components ................................................................................................................................... 6-4
6-7 Safety Disc Replacements for the I-Valve .................................................................................................. 6-5
6-8 Grooved or Plain Nut Discharge Head Replacement Part Numbers ........................................................ 6-6
6-9 Replacement Parts for Post-Discharge Maintenance ............................................................................... 6-6
6-10 Parts List, Charging System ....................................................................................................................... 6-8
6-11 Pressure vs. Temperature .......................................................................................................................... 6-9
6-12 Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates .......................................................................................................... 6-10
6-13 Nitrogen Fill Weights .................................................................................................................................. 6-12

7-1 Parts List ..................................................................................................................................................... 7-1

7-2 UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles ................................................................................................................... 7-6
7-3 UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles ................................................................................................................... 7-9
7-4 UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles ..................................................................................... 7-12
7-5 UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles ..................................................................................... 7-15

xi
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

xii
 SAFETY SUMMARY

FM-200 fire suppression systems use pressurized equipment; therefore, personnel responsible for fire suppression systems must
be aware of the dangers associated with the improper handling, installation or maintenance of this equipment.
Fire suppression system service personnel must be thoroughly trained in the proper handling, installation and service of FM-200
equipment and follow the instructions used in this manual and in the Safety Bulletin and cylinder nameplate contained in this
Appendix.
Kidde has provided warnings and cautions at appropriate locations throughout the text of this manual. These warnings and cautions
are to be adhered to at all times. Failure to do so may result in serious injury to personnel.
In addition, Material Safety Data Sheets for FM-200 and nitrogen are provided. Personnel must also be familiar with the information
contained on these data sheets.
SAFETY BULLETIN 1, MARCH 2, 1987
SUBJECT: SAFE CYLINDER HANDLING PROCEDURES

! WARNING
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are extremely hazardous and if not handled properly are capable of violent discharge.
This may result in serious bodily injury, death and property damage.
Before handling Kidde system products, all personnel must be thoroughly trained in the safe handling of the containers as well as in
the proper procedures for installation, removal, filling, and connection of other critical devices, such as flex hoses, control heads,
discharge heads, and anti-recoil devices.
READ, UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the operation and maintenance manuals, owners manuals, service manuals, etc.,
that are provided with the individual systems.
The following safety procedures must be observed at all times:
Moving Container. Containers must be shipped compactly in the upright position, and properly secured in place. Containers must not
be rolled, dragged or slid, nor allowed to be slid from tailgates of vehicles. A suitable hand truck, fork truck, roll platform or similar
device must be used.
Rough Handling: Containers must not be dropped or permitted to strike violently against each other or other surfaces.
Storage: Containers must be stored standing upright where they are not likely to be knocked over, or the containers must be secured.
For additional information on safe handling of compressed gas cylinders, see CGA Pamphlet PI titled Safe Handling of Compressed
Gases in Containers. CGA pamphlets may be purchased from The Compressed Gas Association, Crystal Square Two, 1725 Jefferson
Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.
SAFETY BULLETIN , MAY 1, 1993
SUBJECT: SAFE CYLINDER HANDLING PROCEDURES FOR PRESSURIZED CYLINDERS
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are extremely hazardous and if not handled properly are capable of violent discharge. This
will result in serious bodily injury, death and property damage.
BEFORE handling Kidde system products, all personnel must be thoroughly trained in the safe handling of the containers as well as
in the proper procedures for installation, removal, filling, and connection of other critical devices, such as flexible hoses, control
heads, and safety caps.
READ, UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the operation and maintenance manuals, owners manuals, service manuals, and
other information that is provided with the individual systems.
THESE INSTRUCTIONS MUST BE FOLLOWED IN THE EXACT SEQUENCE AS WRITTEN TO PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY,
DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE.
SAFETY CAP
a. Each FM-200 cylinder is factory equipped with a safety cap installed on the valve outlet, and securely chained to the valve to
prevent loss. This device is a safety feature, and will provide controlled safe discharge when installed if the cylinder is actuated
accidentally.
b. The safety cap must be installed in the valve outlet AT ALL TIMES except when the cylinders are connected into the system
piping or being filled.
c. The safety cap is intentionally chained to the cylinder valve to prevent loss while in service and must not be removed from its
chain.

xiii
Protection Cap.
A protection cap is factory installed on the actuation port and securely chained to the valve to prevent loss. The cap is attached to the
actuation port to prevent tampering or depression of the actuating pin. No attachments (control head, pressure control head) are to
be connected to the actuation port during shipment, storage, or handling.
INSTALLATION
THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1. Install cylinder into bracketing.

! WARNING
Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapter must be connected into system piping before attaching to cylinder valve
outlet to prevent injury in the event of discharge.
2. Remove safety cap and connect all cylinder valves into system piping using flex hose or valve outlet adapter.
3. Remove protection cap and attach control heads, pressure control heads, pilot loops, etc. as required.

! WARNING
Control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the cylinder valve actuation port, in order to prevent
accidental discharge.
REMOVAL FROM SERVICE
1. Remove all control heads, pressure operated heads, and pilot loops from cylinder valve, and attach protection cap to actuation
port.
2. Disconnect cylinders from system piping at the valve outlet. Disconnect valve outlet adapter, if used.
3. Immediately install safety cap on valve outlet.

! WARNING
Do not disconnect the cylinder from system piping if the safety cap is missing. Obtain a new safety cap from Kidde.
4. Remove cylinder from bracketing.

! WARNING
Failure to follow these instructions, and improper use or handling, may cause serious bodily injury, death, and
property damage.
DEFINITIONS

! WARNING
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death, serious bodily injury and/
or property damage.

! CAUTION
Indicates a potentiality hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in property or equipment damage.
FM-200 SAFETY BULLETINS
See Appendix A.

xiv

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1 INTRODUCTION
The Kidde Fire Systems FM-200 Advanced Delivery Sys-
tem (ADS) Series Engineered Fire Suppression Systems
are Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) and FM
Approvals. These systems are designed for total flooding
in accordance with National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) 2001, Standard for Clean Agent Extinguishing Sys-
tems. These systems have been tested to UL 2166, Stan-
dard for Halocarbon Clean Agent Extinguishing System
Units, and other parameters established jointly by UL and
FM Approvals. In any situation not specifically covered by
this manual, the application and installation of the system
must meet the requirements of the standards as stated. In
any case, all installations must meet the requirements of
the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
The ADS Series System uses a unique method for propel-
ling the agent from the storage cylinder, through the sys-
tem piping and out of the discharge nozzles. Nitrogen gas
pressure from a separate storage cylinder is introduced into
the vapor space of the cylinder at a controlled rate. This
nitrogen pressure acts to propel the liquid agent through
the pipe system at a higher flow rate than is possible from
systems which combine the nitrogen with the agent in one
storage container. The ADS Series System is capable of
using smaller pipe sizes to discharge larger quantities of
agent than older stored-pressure technology. The ADS
Series System can also propel the agent longer distances
through a pipe network, permitting the placement of stor-
age cylinders farther from the protected hazard.
ADS Series Systems are extremely well suited to applica-
tions involving remote agent storage, and situations which
limit the maximum pipe size to be used. This system can
be successfully applied to many existing Halon 1301 sys-
tem pipe networks, providing easy retrofit of these systems
to a new halocarbon clean agent with long-term availability.
The complexity of nitrogen introduction into the cylinder
vapor space, and the resulting flow of the agent through
the pipe network, does not allow for a simple method of
manual hydraulic flow calculation. For this reason, the ha-
locarbon clean agent flow calculations have been incorpo-
rated into a computer software program that has been
rigorously validated by testing. The calculation routine de-
termines the flow, density, and pressure of small quantities
of agent as it progresses through the pipe, while conserv-
ing mass, energy and momentum. This method tracks the
agent from initiation of discharge to the final vapor
blowdown, and ensures each nozzle will discharge the re-
quired mass of agent in the predicted time, and at a pre-
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
dicted nozzle discharge pressure. The computer program
will not permit the design of systems that fall outside the
predetermined parameters from the standards previously
discussed.
The system designer must become thoroughly familiar with
the hardware and design sections and the ADS Series Com-
puter Program User's Guide, P/N 90-FM200M-130. The re-
quired procedures must be used to determine the proper
system design for the hazard in question, as well as to in-
put the design parameters into the computer program.
System installers, inspectors and service personnel must
become thoroughly familiar with the hardware, installation,
inspection and service sections of this manual, as well as
all WARNING and CAUTION declarations in this manual.
Failure to comply with all warnings may result in death, se-
rious injury and property damage.
1-2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1-2.1 Applications
Kidde Fire Systems ADS Series Fire Suppression Systems
are used to suppress fires in specific hazards where:
A clean agent is required to keep cleanup time and
downtime to a minimum.
An electrically non-conductive agent is required to avoid
additional equipment damage.
Suppression capability with low weight and small stor-
age space is a factor.
The hazard occupied by personnel, creating human
safety concerns.
FM-200 systems are designed for the following classes of
fire:
Class A Surface Type Fires; Wood, plastics or other
type material.
Class B Fires; Flammable liquids (see Table 4-1).
Class C Hazards; Energized electrical equipment.
For hazards beyond the scope described above, the
designer must consult with Kidde Fire Systems and
NFPA 2001 on the suitability of FM-200 for protection,
necessary design concentration and personnel exposure
effects from that concentration.
FM-200 shall not be used on fires involving the following
materials, unless they have been tested to the satisfaction
of the Authority Having Jurisdiction:
1-1 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
1. Certain chemicals or mixtures of chemicals, such as
cellulose nitrate and gunpowder, that are capable of
rapid oxidation in the absence of air.
2. Reactive metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium,
magnesium, titanium, zirconium, uranium and
plutonium.
3. Metal hydrides.
4. Chemicals capable of undergoing autothermal decom-
position, such as certain organic peroxides
and hydrazine.
ADS Series Systems are especially suitable for:
Data processing facilities,
Data and records storage areas,
Telecommunications facilities,
Electrical switchgear areas,
Process control rooms,
High-value medical facilities,
High-value industrial equipment areas,
Libraries, museums, art galleries and similar areas,
Anechoic and other environmental test chambers,
Flammable liquid storage and use areas,
Engine test stands,
Chemical mixing rooms,
Oil and gas production, refining and handling facilities.
1-2.1.1 OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
LIMITATIONS
The operating temperature range for all components used
in the ADS Series System is 32F to 130F (0C to 54C).
The ADS Series flow calculation program is written and
tested for a 70F (21C) agent cylinder operating tem-
perature. Therefore, the agent cylinder operating tem-
perature must be between 60F and 80F (16C and
27C) for a single unbalanced system designed to pro-
tect two or more hazards. If the agent cylinder operating
temperature is outside of this range, an insufficient quan-
tity of agent may be discharged from one or more nozzles,
resulting in one or more hazards receiving an insufficient
concentration of agent.
90-FM200M-030
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent
FM-200 (1,1,1,2,3,3,3 - heptafluoropropane) is a compound
of carbon, fluorine and hydrogen (CF3CHFCF3). It is color-
less, odorless and electrically non-conductive. It suppresses
fire by a combination of chemical and physical mechanisms
with minimal effect on the available oxygen. This allows
people to see and breathe, permitting them to leave the fire
area safely.
FM-200 is acceptable for use in occupied spaces, when
used in accordance with the United States Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) Significant New Alternatives Policy
(SNAP) program rules.
Although FM-200 is considered non-toxic to humans in
concentrations necessary to extinguish most fires, cer-
tain safety considerations should be observed when ap-
plying and handling the agent. The discharge of FM-200
may create a hazard to people from the non-decomposed
agent itself, and from the decomposition products that
result when the agent is exposed to fire or other hot sur-
faces. Exposure to the agent is generally of less con-
cern than is exposure to the decomposition products.
Unnecessary exposure to the agent or the decomposi-
tion products should be avoided.
1-2.2.1 TOXICITY
Unnecessary exposure to clean agents is to be avoided in
accordance with the requirements of NFPA-2001, 2000 edi-
tion. As such, upon operation of a system pre-discharge alarm,
all personnel should immediately exit the protected space. In
no case shall personnel remain in a room in which there is a
fire. In the very unlikely instance where a clean agent system
should discharge unexpectedly into an occupied room, all
personnel should proceed in a calm and orderly manner to
the nearest or designated exit and leave the room.
FM-200 halocarbon clean agent has been evaluated for
cardiac sensitization in accordance with test protocols ap-
proved by the United States Environmental Protection
Agency (U.S. EPA). The EPAs SNAP Program classifies
FM-200 as acceptable for use as a total flooding agent in
occupied spaces with specific limitations. Refer to the SNAP
program rules or NFPA 2001 for more information. FM-200
halocarbon clean agent has been judged acceptable by the
U.S. EPA for use in occupied spaces when used in accor-
dance with the guidance of NFPA 2001. In accordance with
NFPA 2001, FM-200 halocarbon clean agent systems de-
signed for use with agent vapor concentrations up to nine
volume percent in air are permitted. See NFPA 2001, Sec-
tion 1-6, Safety. The discharge of FM-200 halocarbon clean
agent has negligible toxicity in concentrations needed to
suppress most fires; certain safety considerations must be
observed when applying and handling the agent. For ex-
ample, HFC-227ea is a liquefied compressed gas. Upon
release to atmospheric pressure (e.g., from nozzles), the
liquid flash evaporates at a low temperature (2F /-17C).
Thus, nozzles must be located to avoid direct impingement
on personnel.
1-2 February 2004
 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

1-2.2.2 DECOMPOSITION Table 1-1. FM-200 Container

Temperature-Pressure Correlation
When FM-200 is exposed to temperatures over approxi-
(based on a cylinder fill density of 79 lb./ft.3 [1249 kg/m3])
mately 1300F (704C), products of decomposition (halo-
gen acids) are formed. If the FM-200 is discharged in ten Temperature F Pressure PSIG Bar
seconds or less, flames are rapidly extinguished and the
amount of by-products produced is minimal. 30 12.5 0.86

1-2.2.3 CLEANLINESS 40 18.8 1.30

FM-200 is a clean agent, leaving no residue which thereby 50 26.0 1.79

eliminates costly after-fire clean-up and keeps expensive
60 34.4 2.37
downtime to a minimum. Most materials such as steel, stain-
less steel, aluminum, brass and other metals, as well as 70 44.1 3.04
plastics, rubber and electronic components, are unaffected
80 55.2 3.81
by exposure to FM-200.
90 67.7 4.67
1-2.2.4 OTHER SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
The high-pressure discharge of FM-200 from a system 100 81.8 5.64
nozzle can create noise loud enough to be startling. The 110 97.7 6.74
high-velocity discharge can be significant enough to dis-
lodge objects located directly in the discharge path. Enough 120 115.4 7.96
turbulence may be created in the enclosure to move unse- 130 135.1 9.31
cured paper and other light objects. Direct contact with the
vaporizing agent discharged from a nozzle will have a chill- Table 1-2. Nitrogen Container
ing effect on objects, and can cause frostbite burns to the Temperature-Pressure Correlation
skin. The liquid phase vaporizes rapidly when mixed with
air, which limits the chilling hazard to the immediate vicinity Temperature F Pressure PSIG Bar
of a nozzle. 30 1623 111.9
FM-200 itself is colorless. Discharge of FM-200 into a hu- 40 1669 114.7
mid atmosphere may cause fog and reduce visibility for a
short period of time. 50 1712 118.0

1-2.2.5 STORAGE 60 1756 121.1

The FM-200 is stored in steel containers at its own natu- 70 1800 124.1
ral vapor pressure at 44 PSIG @ 70F (3 bar gauge @
80 1845 127.2
21C). The nitrogen is stored in a seamless steel con-
tainer at 1800 PSIG @ 70F (124 bar gauge @ 21C). 90 1888 130.2
The pressure of both containers (FM-200 and nitrogen)
100 1931 133.1
varies substantially with temperature, as illustrated in
Tables 1-1 and 1-2. Tables 1-3 and 1-4 give the physical 110 1975 136.2
properties of FM-200.
120 2018 139.1

130 2062 142.2

February 2004 1-3 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 1-3. FM-200 Physical Properties,

English Units

Description Units Measurement

Molecular Weight N/A 170.0

Boiling Point at 14.7 psia F 1.9

Freezing Point F -204

Critical Temperature F 214

Critical Pressure psia 422

Critical Volume ft.3/lb. 0.0258

3
Critical Density lb./ft. 38.76

Specific Heat, Liquid at 77F Btu/lb.-F 0.282

Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant

Btu/lb.-F 0.185
Pressure (1 atm) and 77F

Heat of Vaporization at
Btu/lb. 56.7
Boiling Point

Thermal Conductivity of
lb./ft.-hr.-F 0.040
Liquid at 77F

Viscosity, Liquid at 77F lb./ft.-hr.-F 0.433

Relative Dielectric Strength at 1 atm at

N/A 2.00
734 mm Hg, 77F (N2 = 1)

Solubility, by Weight, of Water in

ppm 0.06%
Agent at 70F

Table 1-4. FM-200 Physical Properties,

Metric Units

Description Units Measurement

Molecular Weight N/A 170.03

Boiling Point at 760 mm Hg C -16.4

Freezing Point C -131

Critical Temperature C 101.7

Critical Pressure kPa 2912

Critical Volume cc/mole 274

Critical Density kg/m3 621

Specific Heat, Liquid at 25C kJ/kgC 1.184

Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant

kJ/kgC 0.808
Pressure (1 atm) and 25C

Heat of Vaporization at Boiling

kJ/kgC 132.6
Point at 25C

Thermal Conductivity of
W/mC 0.069
Liquid at 25C

Viscosity, Liquid at 25C centipose 0.184

Relative Dielectric Strength at 1 atm at

N/A 2.00
734 mm Hg, 25C (N2 = 1.0)

Solubility, by Weight, of Water 0.06% by

ppm
in Agent at 21C weight

90-FM200M-030 1-4 February 2004


CHAPTER 2
OPERATION
2-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the controls and indicators for the
Kidde FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression.
2-2 SYSTEM CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
2-2.1 General
FM-200 liquid is held in the agent cylinder by a discharge
valve. Nitrogen gas pressure is held in a high-pressure cyl-
inder by a discharge valve. When the nitrogen cylinder dis-
charge valve is actuated by a control head, the regulated
nitrogen pressure activates the agent cylinder through a
pneumatic control head while pressurizing the agent cylin-
der through the nitrogen diffuser check. The FM-200 liquid
agent is then propelled by its own vapor pressure and the
nitrogen pressurization through the FM-200 discharge valve
and into the fire extinguishing system pipe network.
The FM-200 liquid agent travels through the system pipe
network to the discharge nozzle(s) where the FM-200 agent
is discharged as fine droplets, which quickly vaporize in
the air of the protected space. The discharge nozzle(s) and
orifice fitting control the flow of the agent and ensure proper
agent distribution throughout the hazard.
2-3 OPERATING PROCEDURES
2-3.1 Automatic Operation
When a system is operated automatically via a detection
and control system, all personnel must evacuate the haz-
ard area promptly upon hearing the predischarge alarm.
Make sure no one enters the hazard area. Call the fire de-
partment immediately.
2-3.2 Remote Manual Operation
Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate remote manual pull station
for the hazard.
2. Operate the manual pull station.
3. Leave the hazard area immediately.
4. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire de-
partment immediately.
Note: The above instructions must be posted on display
in the protected area.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
2-3.3 Local Manual Operation
! CAUTION
Local manual control is not part of the normal
system actuation and should only be used in
an emergency as a last resort.
1. Proceed to the appropriate master nitrogen driver and
FM-200 cylinder for the hazard.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or
control head nameplate.
4. Leave the hazard area immediately.
5. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire
department immediately.
2-3.4 Local Manual Operation of Directional Valves
Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems
(FM Approved only).
Local manual caution override operation of solenoid for di-
rectional valves is not part of the normal system actuation
and should only be used in an emergency as a last resort.
1. Proceed to the appropriate nitrogen pilot cylinder.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen pilot cyl-
inder control head.
3. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or
control head nameplate.
4. Proceed to the appropriate directional valve for the zone
requiring extinguishment.
5. With a regular screwdriver, depress the red button and
turn clockwise 1/4-turn to open the directional valve.
The directional valve will remain open as long as a mini-
mum of 40 PSI (2.75 bar gauge) remains in the line to
the solenoid.
6. Proceed to the appropriate master nitrogen driver and
FM-200 agent cylinder for the zone in alarm.
7. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder control head.
8. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or
control head nameplate.
! CAUTION
Consideration must be given to the number of
personnel necessary to locally operate the
directional valves and cylinders in an
emergency situation.
2-1 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

2-3.5 Post-Discharge Service 1. Vent any remaining pressure from the pilot line and
remove the master control head from the nitrogen
After an FM-200 discharge, qualified fire suppression sys-
pilot cylinder(s). Reset the master control head and
tem maintenance personnel must perform post-discharge
remove the pressure operated control head(s) from
service, as directed in Chapter 6 of this manual. Observe
the slave cylinder(s).
all warnings, especially those pertaining to the length of
elapsed time before entering the hazard area. 2. Recharge and reinstall the nitrogen pilot cylinders to
the correct charged pressure and reinstall the master
! WARNING control head.
3. Before installing a pressure operated control head on
Do not enter a hazard area with an open flame
an FM-200 cylinder, ensure that the actuator pin is in
or lighted smoking materials. Flammable
the retracted (SET) position.
vapors may cause re-ignition or explosion.
4. Follow all other procedures and cautions as detailed in
Ensure the fire is completely extinguished Chapter 6 of this manual.
before ventilating the area. Before permitting
anyone to enter the hazard area, ventilate the
area thoroughly or use self-contained
breathing apparatus.

2-4 CYLINDER RECHARGE

1. Recharge all FM-200 and nitrogen driver cylinders im-
mediately after use.
2. Return all cylinders to an authorized Kidde distributor
or qualified refill agency.
3. Refill in accordance with procedures outlined in Chap-
ter 6 of this manual.

2-5 SPECIAL SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

2-5.1 Systems Actuated with a Master

FM-200 Cylinder
In systems where a master FM-200 cylinder and nitrogen
driver set actuates a pressure operated control head on
additional slave cylinder sets, the pressure in the flexible
actuation hose line is vented into the discharge manifold
following the system discharge. The pressure drop in the
pilot line allows the pressure operated control head to au-
tomatically reset. However, as a precaution before reinstat-
ing the system, ensure that the control head actuating pin
is in the retracted (SET) position.

2-5.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot

Nitrogen Cylinder
In systems where a pilot nitrogen cylinder actuates a pres-
sure operated control head on a slave nitrogen driver cylin-
der, nitrogen pressure is trapped in the pilot manifold when
the system actuates and is not self-venting. Therefore, be-
fore reattaching a pressure operated control head to a re-
charged FM-200 cylinder, the following procedure must be
performed to ensure that the pilot manifold is vented and
the pressure operated control heads have returned to the
SET position.

90-FM200M-030 2-2 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

CHAPTER 3
FUNCTIONAL DESIGN

Figures 3-1 and 3-2 show the above components in two

3-1 INTRODUCTION typical configurations.
This chapter provides a functional description of the mod- fire suppression
detector
panel
ules and assemblies in the FM-200 ADS Series Engineered
Fire Suppression System. pressure
PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH
3P.D.T.

operated electric
switch control
UL

FM

head

3-2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION valve

Compressed FM-200 liquid is held in the agent storage con-

tainer by a discharge valve. When the discharge valve is
FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE

PULL HARD

actuated, the liquid agent discharges through the valve out-

KIDDE-FENWAL

distribution pull station

let and is directed through the distribution piping to the piping
pressure
nozzles. The nozzles provide the proper flow rate and dis- nozzle gauge
tribution of FM-200. liquid level Agent N2
indicator Storage Driver
The FM-200 Engineered Series System is composed of Cylinder

the following components and assemblies:

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly(s)
FM-200 Cylinder/Valve Assembly
Liquid Level Indicator (optional)
Cylinder Straps Figure 3-1. Typical FM-200 System with
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Equipment Electric Control Head
FM-200 Cylinder Mounting Equipment pull station
Control Head for the Nitrogen Driver Valve FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS

R
PULL HANDLE

Cable Manual Pull Station (for Nitrogen Driver Only) PULL HARD

KIDDE-FENWAL

Actuation Assembly Kit

1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose(s)
Nitrogen Manifold Transfer Hose(s) pressure
gauge
Flexible Actuation Hose corner
valve pulley
Tees, Elbows and Adapters
Discharge Accessories Nitrogen Driver:
3/4" Orifice Fitting
cable operated
Discharge Accessories for FM-200 Cylinder: Flexible control head
Discharge Hose, Valve Outlet Adapters, Check Valves, nozzle

Manifold El-Checks, Pressure Operated Switches,

Swing Checks, Directional Valves, Electric Solenoid,
Pressure Operated Trip, Discharge Indicator, Corner Agent N2
Driver
Storage
Pulleys, Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch Cylinder

Discharge Nozzles
Hydrostatic Test Adapter
FM-200 Cylinder Recharge Adapter
FM-200 Cylinder Seating Adapter
Detector Figure 3-2. Typical FM-200 System with
Control Panel Cable Operated Control Head

February 2004 3-1 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Note: All cylinders require the 5/8" valve.

3-3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
Table 3-2. Burst Disc Information
3-3.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
Part Number Color
Nitrogen is stored in steel cylinders at 1800 PSIG
(124.1 bar gauge). The cylinder/valve assembly is equipped 90-102300-001 White
with a pressure gauge and a safety burst disc in compli-
ance with Department of Transportation (DOT) require- 90-104070-001 White
ments.
90-104890-001 White
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with
a safety cap and a protection cap which is a safety feature The Kidde FM-200 ADS Series engineered equipment
to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge. See Figure listed herein is designed for an operating temperature
3-3 and Tables 3-1, 3-2 and 3-3 for reference. range of 32F to 130F (0C to 54C). The Kidde ADS
Series FM-200 computer flow calculation program is de-
! WARNING
signed for a 70F (21C) container operating/storage tem-
The safety cap must be installed on the perature. Therefore, the container operating and storage
discharge outlet whenever a charged cylinder/ temperature must be in the range of 60F to 80F (16C
valve assembly is not connected to the system to 27C) for a single unbalanced system protecting two
piping. Failure to install the safety cap could or more separate hazards. If the container operating and
result in violent movement of the container in storage temperature is outside this range, an insufficient
the event of inadvertent actuation. Failure to quantity of agent may be discharged from one or more
follow these instructions could cause death, discharge nozzles.
personal injury and/or property damage.
Table 3-3. Fill Capacity: 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in.
TYPE "I" CYLINDER
VALVE Capacity Nitrogen Driver Cylinder and Valve Assemblies,
THREAD FOR Vertical Mount Only
CONTROL DISCHARGE HEAD
PORT 0
SAFETY DISC
PRESSURE ASSEMBLY Fill Weight
GUAGE
Empty Weight
(Nominal)
THREAD FOR Part Number
PROTECTION CAP
lb. kg lb. kg

CYLINDER 90-102300-001 12.2 5.5 102 2 46.3 0.9

90-104070-001 21.0 9.5 186 3 84.4 1.4

A

90-104890-001 25.1 11.4 270 3 122.5 1.4

Figure 3-3. 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in.

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder and Valve Assemblies,
Vertical Mount Only
Table 3-1. Dimensions, FM-200 Nitrogen Cylinder/Valve
Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only

Volume Height A Diameter B

Part Number
in.3 m3 in. mm in. mm

90-102300-001 2300 0.0377 55 1390 8.50 215

90-104070-001 4070 0.0667 62 1570 10.50 266

90-104890-001 4893 0.0801 69 1753 11.25 286

90=FM200M-030 3-2 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.1.1 DISCHARGE HEAD: GROOVED NUT OR 3-3.2 FM-200 Cylinder/Valve Assemblies

PLAIN NUT (P/N 872442 AND P/N 872450)
At installation, each nitrogen driver cylinder and valve as-
sembly must be equipped with a discharge head to actuate
the cylinder valve. The discharge head is assembled to the
top of the cylinder valve and contains a spring-loaded pis-
ton which, when actuated by nitrogen pressure, is designed
to depress the main check in the valve and transfer the
contents of the nitrogen tank into the agent cylinder. The
transfer outlet is designed to mate with the swivel adapter
on the 1 flexible transfer hose (P/N 06-118207-00X). The
discharge head also contains an integral stop check which,
in the event that a cylinder is removed from the Kidde ADS
assembly, automatically prevents the loss of nitrogen dur-
ing the system transfer. The grooved-nut discharge head
only allows the cylinder to be actuated when a control head
releases pilot pressure. Pressure entering the outlet will
not actuate the cylinder (see Figure 3-4). The plain nut dis-
charge head allows the nitrogen driver to be actuated by
the control head (electric or pneumatic) or by back pres-
sure discharge in the manifold. The plain nut discharge head
is ideal for applications using multiple drivers for one agent
cylinder (see Figure 3-5).
3.81"
(97 mm)
FM-200 is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid under its own
vapor pressure to 44 PSIG @ 70F (3 bar gauge). The cyl-
inder valve assembly is equipped with a safety burst disc in
compliance with DOT requirements.
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with
a safety cap and a protection cap which is a safety feature
to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge. (See Figure
3-6 and Tables 3-4 and 3-5.)
! WARNING
The safety cap must be installed on the
discharge outlet whenever a charged cylinder/
valve assembly is not connected to the system
piping. Failure to install the safety cap could
result in violent movement of the container in
the event of inadvertent actuation. Failure to
follow these instructions could cause death,
personal injury and/or property damage.
SAFETY CAP CYLINDER VALVE
LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
LIFTING LUGS
PISTON
CYLINDER

SPRING
3/4" NPS
C B
CYLINDER
NAMEPLATE
3.94" TRANSFER OUTLET
(100 mm)
SED RUBBER RI
SET OOVES TIGHTEN

POSITION IDENTIFYING
GROOVES IN
OPERATED SWIVEL NUT
POSITION
2 1/2" - 14N3

SWIVEL NUT OUTER O-RING

(FOR CONNECTION P/N 242466
TO CYLINDER VALVE)
INNER O-RING
P/N 242467 A
STEM
Figure 3-6. 225, 395, 675 and 1010 lb. Cylinder and
Figure 3-4. Grooved Nut Discharge Head, Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only
P/N 872442
Table 3-4. Dimensions, FM-200 Cylinder/Valve
3.81"
(97 mm) Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
PISTON
BALL Height Diameter Valve Height
RETAINER
STOP With (C) (A) (B)
CHECK BALL Part Number
CHECK
LLI
in. mm in. mm in. mm
SPRING
3.94"
(100 mm) DISCHARGE 90-100225-001 No 52.75 1340 12.75 324 47.5 1207
OUTLET

SET 3/4" NPS 90-100221-001 Yes 52.75 1340 12.75 324 47.5 1207
POSITION
2 1/2 - 14N-3
OPERATED
POSITION 90-100395-001 No 58.36 1482 16.00 406 53.1 1349
OUTER O-RING
P/N 242466 90-100391-001 Yes 58.36 1482 16.00 406 53.1 1349
SWIVEL NUT
(FOR CONNECTION INNER 0-RING
TO CYLINDER VALVE) P/N 242467
90-100675-001 No 58.50 1486 22.00 559 50.3 1278
STEM
90-100671-001 Yes 58.50 1486 22.00 559 50.3 1278
Figure 3-5. Plain Nut Discharge Head, 90-101010-001 No 70.00 1778 24.00 610 61.8 1570
P/N 872450
90-101011-001 Yes 70.00 1778 24.00 610 61.8 1570

February 2004 3-3 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 3-5. Fill Range FM-200 Cylinder/Valve Assemblies PRO CAP

for Vertical Installation Only
ACTUATION
PORT
Empty
Fill Range Volume
Weight
Part Number
lb. kg lb. kg ft.3 m3

90-100225-001 115.0-225.0 52.0-102.0 136 62 2.8850 0.0817

90-100221-001 115.0-225.0 52.0-102.0 136 62 2.8850 0.0817

90-100395-001 200.0-395.0 91.0-179.0 206 93 5.0654 0.1434

90-100391-001 200.0-395.0 91.0-179.0 206 93 5.0654 0.1434

90-100675-001 347.2-675.0 157.8-306.2 370 168 8.6800 0.2460

90-100671-001 347.2-675.0 157.8-306.2 370 168 8.6800 0.2460

90-101010-001 520.0-1010.0 236.4-458.1 505 230 13.0000 0.3680 OUTLET

PROTECTION
90-101011-001 520.0-1010.0 236.4-458.1 505 230 13.0000 0.3680 CAP

The Kidde FM-200 ADS Series engineered equipment

listed herein is designed for an operating temperature SAFETY
CAP
range of 32F to 130F (0C to 54C). Table 3-7 shows
the container pressure-temperature relationship based Figure 3-7. 2" Valve General Arrangement
on a maximum fill density of 79 lb./ft.3 (1249 kg/m3). The
PRO CAP
Kidde ADS Series FM-200 computer flow calculation pro-
gram is designed for a 70F (21C) container operating/ ACTUATION
storage temperature. Therefore, the container operating PORT
and storage temperature must be in the range of 60F to
80F (16C to 27C) for a single unbalanced system pro-
tecting two or more separate hazards. If the container
operating and storage temperature is outside this range,
an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from
one or more discharge nozzles.
Figures 3-7 and 3-8 represent the 2" and 3" valve
arrangements.
If desired, the 225, 395, 675 and 1010 lb. cylinders can be
supplied with an integral liquid level indicator (see Para-
graph 3-3.3). VICTAULIC
FITTING AND PLUG
See Table 3-6 for discharge valve equivalent lengths.

SAFETY
CAP

Figure 3-8. 3" Valve General Arrangement

Table 3-6. Discharge Valve Equivalent Lengths (for 225, 395, 675 and 1010 lb. Cylinders)

Equivalent Length w/o Equivalent Length w/

Discharge Flex Hose Flex Hose
Part Number Nomenclature
Outlet
ft. m ft. m

90-10022X-001 225 lb. Cylinder 2" 59 18.0 65 19.81

90-10039X-001 395 lb. Cylinder 2" 59 18.0 65 19.81

90-10067X-001 675 lb. Cylinder 3" 50 15.2 80 24.40

90-10101X-001 1010 lb. Cylinder 3" 50 15.2 80 24.40

90=FM200M-030 3-4 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 3-7. Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation Table 3-8. Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers
(based on an FM-200 cylinder fill density of
79 lb./ft.3 [1249 kg/m3]) Cylinder Liquid Level Part Number

FM-200 Vapor Nitrogen Driver

Temperature Pressure Pressure 225 283894
F
PSIG Bar PSIG Bar
395 283894
30 12.5 0.86 1623 111.9
675 283894
40 18.8 1.30 1699 114.7

50 26.0 1.79 1712 118.0 1010 06-118266-001

60 34.4 2.37 1756 121.1

70 44.1 3.04 1800 124.1 3-3.4 Combined Cylinder Straps

for 225 and 395 lb. Systems
80 55.2 3.81 1845 127.2
(P/Ns 06-236126-001 and 06-236127-001)
90 67.7 4.67 1888 130.2
The agent cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinders are se-
100 81.8 5.64 1931 133.1 cured in place using the combined cylinder strap. The strap
is to be bolted to a solid wall or a strut assembly in three
110 97.7 6.74 1975 136.2
locations: left, right and center. Use 1/2" threaded rod
120 115.4 7.96 2018 139.1 and/or 1/2" diameter nuts, bolts and washers to secure the
130 135.1 9.31 2062 142.2
mounting strap to a vertical surface. After the containers
are securely mounted, they can then be connected to the
discharge piping per the system drawings. The Combined
3-3.3 Liquid Level Indicator
Cylinder Strap is available for the 225 lb. cylinder
(P/Ns 283894 and 06-118266-001)
(P/N 06-236127-001) and for the 395 lb. cylinder (P/N
The optional liquid level indicator consists of a hollow metal 06-236126-001). See Figures 3-10 and 3-11 and Tables
tube inserted into a special fitting in the top of the 225, 395, 3-9 and 3-10 on the following page for more information.
675 and 1010 lb. FM-200 cylinders (see Figure 3-9 and B
Table 3-8). The indicator is provided with a graduated tape F
D E
that senses the position of a toroidal magnet encased within G
an internal float riding on the liquid surface. The gradua- H
tions on the tape indicate the liquid level within the cylinder. (hole diameter)
8.625 DIA.

The agent quantity is determined using calibration charts 12.905 DIA.

(see Figures 5-2 through 5-5.) C

CAP A

GRADUATED TAPE
P/N 283894 - SHOWN
IN MAGNETIC INTERLOCK
READING TAKEN AT TOP POSITION READY TO TAKE
EDGE OF FITTING READING.
O-RING
Figure 3-10. 225 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap
BRASS TUBE
TAPE INSIDE B
BRASS TUBE FM-200 F
CYLINDER D E
FM-200 G
LIQUID LEVEL
MAGNETIC END OF
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD H
OF FLOAT WHEN 10.875 DIA.
TAPE IS PULLED (hole diameter)
UP TO TAKE READING. 16.156 DIA. C

MAGNET EMBEDDED A
IN FLOAT.
FLOAT - FLOATS ON SURFACE
OF LIQUID FM-200.
FREE TO MOVE UP OR DOWN
OUTSIDE OF BRASS TUBE.

RETAINER - FLOAT RESTS

HERE WHEN CYLINER
IS EMPTY. Figure 3-11. 395 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap

Figure 3-9. Liquid Level Indicator

February 2004 3-5 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 3-9. Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, English

Cylinder
Part Number A B C D E F G H
Size

06-236127-001 225 11.91 27.00 7.88 8.20 6.06 11.10 1.75 0.562

06-236126-001 395 15.16 32.28 9.88 9.83 7.19 13.12 1.75 0.562

Note: Dimensions are in inches.

Table 3-10. Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, Metric

Cylinder
Part Number A B C D E F G H
Size

06-236127-001 225 303 686 200 208 154 282 44 14

06-236126-001 395 385 820 251 250 183 333 44 14

Note: Dimensions are in millimeters.

3-3.5 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Table 3-11. DimensionsNitrogen Driver Cylinder
Equipment for 225 and 395 lb. Systems Mounting Straps, English

3-3.5.1 NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER Cylinder

Part Number A B C D E
MOUNTING STRAPS Size
(P/N 270014 AND P/N 270157)
270014 2300 7.94 11.5 10.4 1.00 3.50
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders
in a vertical position.
270157 4070 10.0 14.0 12.4 1.75 4.50
Cylinder straps (P/Ns 270014 and 270157) are available
for both the 2300 cu. in. and the 4070 cu. in. drivers. See Note: Dimensions are in inches.
Figure 3-12 and Tables 3-11 and 3-12.
Table 3-12. DimensionsNitrogen Driver Cylinder
B Mounting Straps, Metric

Cylinder
Part Number A B C D E
Size
E
270014 2300 202 292 264 25 89
A
270157 4070 254 356 315 44 114

Note: Dimensions are in millimeters

F (hole size)

Figure 3-12. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap

90=FM200M-030 3-6 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.5.2 Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Table 3-13. DimensionsNitrogen Driver Cylinder
Straps for 675 and 1010 lb. Systems Mounting Straps, English
(P/N 06-236173-001 and P/N 06-236174-001)
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders Part Number
Cylinder
A B C D E F
Size
in a vertical position.
Cylinder straps (P/Ns 06-236173-001 and 06-236174-001) are 06-236173-001 4070 21.4 10.9 13.6 1.75 15.75 0.625
available for both the 4070 cu. in. and the 4890 cu. in. drivers.
See Figures 3-13 and 3-14 and Tables 3-14 and 3-15. 06-236174-001 4890 22.4 11.4 14.1 1.75 16.50 0.625

C Note: Dimensions are in inches.

D
F (hole size) Table 3-14. DimensionsNitrogen Driver Cylinder
Mounting Straps, Metric

B Part Number
Cylinder
A B C D E F
Size

06-236173-001 4070 544 277 345 44.4 399 15.9

06-236174-001 4890 569 290 358 44.4 419 15.9

E
Note: Dimensions are in millimeters

Figure 3-13. Cylinder Straps

for the 4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver
C
D
F

Figure 3-14. Cylinder Straps for the 4890 cu. in.

Nitrogen Driver

February 2004 3-7 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.6 FM-200 Cylinder Mounting Equipment

(P/Ns 235317, 281866, 294651 and 236125)
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders
in a vertical position.
Cylinder strap are available for all size cylinders. See Fig-
ure 3-15 and Tables 3-15 and 3-16 on the following page.
B

F (hole size)

Figure 3-15. FM-200 Cylinder Mounting Straps

Table 3-15. DimensionsCylinder Mounting Straps, English

Part Number Cylinder Size Cylinder O.D. A B C D E F

235317 225 13.60 13.09 17.06 15.44 1.75 6.06 0.625

281866 395 16.00 15.50 19.50 17.88 1.75 7.25 0.625

294651 675 22.00 21.56 25.75 24.12 1.75 10.25 0.625

236125 1010 24.00 24.83 27.75 26.00 1.75 12.13 0.625

Note: Dimensions are in inches.

Table 3-16. DimensionsCylinder Mounting Straps, Metric

Part Number Cylinder Size Cylinder O.D. A B C D E F

235317 225 345.44 332.00 433.00 392.00 44.00 154.00 16.00

281866 395 406.00 394.00 495.00 454.00 44.00 184.00 16.00

294651 675 558.80 547.62 654.05 612.65 44.15 260.35 15.88

236125 1010 610.00 619.25 704.65 660.40 44.15 308.10 15.88

Note: Dimensions are in millimeters.

90=FM200M-030 3-8 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.7 Control Heads for Nitrogen Driver Valve Only 3-3.7.2 EXPLOSION PROOF ELECTRIC
CONTROL HEAD (P/N 81-100000-001)
A suitable control unit, specifically Listed and Approved as
a releasing device for use with the following electric control The explosion proof control head is designed to operate
heads shall be provided for the supervision of releasing FM-200 cylinder valves (see Figure 3-17 and Table 3-18).
circuits per NFPA requirements. In addition, a 24-hour back- The explosion proof control head has a continuous current
up power source shall be provided per NFPA requirements. draw, which must be accounted for at the control panel.
The actuating pin latches in the released position and must
3-3.7.1 ELECTRIC CONTROL HEADS be mechanically reset prior to rearming the system. The
(P/N 890181, P/N 890149 AND explosion proof control head is designed and rated for use
P/N 890165) in the following hazardous areas:
The electric control head provides for electric actuation of Class 1, Division 1 Group C and D
the nitrogen driver cylinder valve. It is operated electrically
from a detection and control system or a remote manual Class 1, Division 2 Group E, F and G.
station, or locally with a manual lever on the electric control 3.25
(83 mm)
head (P/N 890181 only). See Figure 3-16 and Table 3-17.
1.25-18 UNEF-3A
CONNECTION
Note: The Kidde FM-200 ADS Series engineered equip-
ment listed herein is designed for an operating tem-
perature range of 32F to 130F (0C to 54C).
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE 1/2"-14 NPT
ELECTRIC CONDUIT - CONDUIT
3/4 NPT FEMALE CONNECTION

LOCKING PIN 8.25 (210 mm)

SEAL WIRE (3) 18 AWG-LEADS

21 3 (533 76 mm) LONG
PU

ELECTRIC
LOCAL MANUAL
CONTROL HEAD
RELEASE LEVER
6.18" VOLTS
AMPS
SWIVEL NUT
(157 mm) PART NO.
1.25 - 18 UNEF - 3B
CONNECTION
SWIVEL NUT
INDICATOR AND TO RESET

RESET STEM
USE SCREWDRIVER
1-1/4 18NF-3
THREAD
SET RELEASED
Figure 3-17. Electric Control Head, Explosion Proof
MADE IN U. S. A.

KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
400 MAIN STREET
ASHLAND, MA 01721 Table 3-18. Electric Operated Control Head,
Explosion Proof
4.00"
(102 mm)
Part Number Type Voltage Amps Rating

Figure 3-16. Electric Control Head

Explosion 0.27 18 Vdc @ 0.2 A to
Table 3-17. Electric Operated Control Heads 81-100000-001
Proof
24 Vdc
Continuous 30 Vdc @ 0.5 A

Part Number Type Voltage Amps

890181 Standard 24 Vdc 2.0

890149 Standard 125 Vac 0.3

890165* Standard 115 Vdc 1.0

*Note: Not UL Listed for use with the ADS.

February 2004 3-9 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.7.3 ELECTRIC/CABLE OPERATED CONTROL 3-3.7.4 CABLE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD

HEADS (P/NS 895630, 895627, 897494, (P/N 979469)
897560 AND 895628)
The cable operated control head is used for systems de-
The electric/cable operated control head mounts directly signed for manual operation only. It mounts directly on the
on the nitrogen driver of the FM-200 cylinder valve, and side of the nitrogen driver cylinder valve and is operated
provides for both electric actuation or remote cable opera- remotely from a cable manual pull station or locally using
tion. The control head is operated remotely by an electrical the manual lever on the control head. The cable operated
signal from a detection system or electric manual pull sta- control head is self-venting to prevent accidental system
tion. The control head can also be operated mechanically discharge in the event of a slow build up of pressure (see
from a remote cable operated manual pull station or locally Figure 3-19).
using the manual lever on the control head. LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER

See Figure 3-18 and Table 3-19. SEAL WIRE

LOCKING PIN
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE OPERATING SOLENOID
ELECTRIC CONDUIT 1/2" NPT UL LISTED FOR USE IN
FEMALE THE FOLLOWING HAZARDOUS DIRECTION OF THREADED NUT -
LOCATIONS: PULL
CLOSURE 3/8" NPS FOR PIPE
CLASS GROUP OP. TEMP.
DISC
I C -13 TO +150F
CONNECTING WIRES (-25 TO +65C) 1/16" CABLE
36" (914 mm) LONG I D -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)
II E,F,G -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)
7.375 LOCKING PIN 4.25"
(187 mm) (108 mm)
PU

SEAL WIRE
INSTRUCTIONS
MAINTENANCE
PART NO.

SEE

3/8" PIPE (OR 1/2" EMT

FOR

INDICATOR AND
KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
ASHLAND, MA 01721
400 MAIN STREET

SET

WITH ADAPTER
MADE IN U.S.A.

RESET STEM CONNECTION FOR SWIVEL

USE SCREWDRIVER

CONTROL HEAD
TO RESET

REMOTE PULL BOX P/N 843837)

ELECTRIC

NUT
HZ AMPS
VOLTS

CABLE

PIPE OR CONDUIT
PULL
RELEASED

3/8" NPS MALE 1.50"

(38 mm)
LOCAL MANUAL
RELEASE LEVER
5.25"
(133 mm)
4.937
(125 mm) SWIVEL NUT 1-1/4"-18 NF-3
CONNECTION FOR CABLE
1.500 (38 mm) HEX FEMALE
1.250-18 NF-3 THREAD
HOUSING TO SECOND
CONTROL HEAD IF USED
3/8" NPS FEMALE. CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY
USE PNEUMATIC CONTROL
HEAD CABLE HOUSINGS

Figure 3-19. Cable Operated Control Head

Figure 3-18. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head
3-3.7.5 LEVER OPERATED CONTROL HEAD
Table 3-19. Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
(P/N 870652)
Part
Type Voltage Amps Rating
The lever operated control head is equipped with an oper-
Number ating lever that is secured in the closed position by a safety
895630 Standard 24 Vdc 2.0 momentary N/A pull pin. By removing the safety pin, the lever can be manu-
ally rotated to the open position, thereby activating the cyl-
895627* Standard 115 Vac 1.0 momentary N/A inder or valve on which it is installed (see Figure 3-20).
897494 Explosion Proof 24 Vdc 1.65 continuous 33.0 Watts LOCKING PIN
ALLOW APPROX. 2" (50 mm)
CLEARANCE FOR
897560* Explosion Proof 115 Vac 0.13 continuous 15.4 Watts OPERATION OF LEVER

895628** Standard 125 Vdc 0.3 momentary N/A

CLOSED
* Not FM Approved for use with the ADS. BODY
SEAL WIRE
** Not UL Listed for use with the ADS.
LEVER
TO OPEN

3.17"
(81 mm)

SWIVEL
NUT
1.50"
(38 mm)

SET
1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FEMALE OPERATED
3.00"
(76 mm)
STEM

Figure 3-20. Lever Operated Control Head

90=FM200M-030 3-10 February 2004
 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.7.6 LEVER/PRESSURE OPERATED CONTROL

HEAD (P/N 878751) 1.250-18 UNEF-3A
The lever/pressure operated control head allows manual
or pressure actuation of several system components, in-
CAP RETAINER
cluding nitrogen driver cylinder valves and nitrogen actua-
tors (see Figure 3-21).

LEVER ALLOW APPROX. 2" (50.8 mm)

SAFETY PIN
CLEARANCE FOR 0.125-27 NPT
OPERATION OF LEVER 3.48" PRESSURE INLET
(88.4 mm)
CLOSED
SEAL WIRE PISTON
OPEN
BODY
TO OPEN

1/8" NPT PRESSURE

4.50" INLET
(114.3 mm)
SET
OPERATED
PISTON BODY

1.250-18 UNEF-3B STEM

Figure 3-23. Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head

SET 3-3.8 Manual Pull Stations
OPERATED

3.00"
1.250-18 UNEF-3B
3-3.8.1 CABLE MANUAL PULL STATION,
(76.2 mm) SURFACE (P/N 871403)

Figure 3-21. Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head The surface type remote cable manual pull station is a cable
operated device. To actuate the ADS Nitrogen Driver, break
3-3.7.7 PRESSURE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD the glass plate on the box using the attached hammer and
(P/NS 878737 AND 878750) pull the handle (see Figure 3-24).
The pressure operated control head (P/N 878737) allows 2 - NAMEPLATE
BRACKETS -
for pressure actuation of nitrogen driver cylinders, and is OPTIONAL
(SUPPLIED WITH
PULL BOX)
mounted directly on the side of the nitrogen driver cylinder NAMEPLATE
(BY INSTALLER) 4-COVER
SCREWS
valve (see Figure 3-22). Pressure operated control head
FOR FIRE
(P/N 878750) offers a stackable design and is used where BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE

an electric/mechanical control head actuation is also re- R

quired on the same cylinder (see Figure 3-23). PULL

3/8 PIPE

5.87" HANDLE

1.00" HEX (149 mm) PULL HARD

(25.4 mm) 1/8"-27 NPT KIDDE-FENWAL

PRESSURE INLET 400 Main Street - Ashland, MA 01721-2150
Tel(508)881-3000 FAX(508)881-0020 1/16 CABLE
HAMMER
P/N 928103

PISTON 5.00" 2.25"

(127 mm) (57 mm)
BREAK GLASS
P/N 928103 PULL HANDLE

2.19"
(55.6 mm) SWIVEL NUT CABLE FASTENER FOR 1/16 CABLE

2 - HOLES FOR 1/4

3/8 NPT FEMALE
MOUNTING SCREWS
SECTION VIEW (SCREWS NOT SUPPLIED
WITH PULL BOX)
SET
OPERATED 1.250-18
UNEF-3B Figure 3-24. Cable Manual Pull Station

1.50" HEX
(38 mm)

Figure 3-22. Pressure Operated Control Head

February 2004 3-11 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.9 Actuation Accessories 3-3.9.2 ACTUATION ASSEMBLY KIT FOR

3-3.9.1 ACTUATION ASSEMBLY KIT FOR
225 AND 395 LB. CYLINDERS
(P/N 06-129882-001)
Gas pressure from the nitrogen cylinder is routed to
the FM-200 Cylinder Valve in order to actuate the valve.
Actuation of the FM-200 valve is done by using the
225 and 395 lb. Actuation Assembly Kit. See Figure 3-25
and Table 3-20 for more details. The kit consists of:
(1) 3/4" Nitrogen Transfer Fitting, P/N 06-118220-001
(2) 1/8" NPT x 1/4" flare, P/N 06-118191-001
(1) 1/8" branch tee, P/N 06-118193-001
(1) 3/16" flexible loop, P/N 06-118192-001
(1) 1/8" Schraeder valve, P/N 263303
(1) 1/4" flare Schraeder cap, P/N 263304
(1) Pneumatic control head, P/N 878737
5
675 AND 1010 LB. CYLINDERS
(P/N 06-129985-001)
Gas pressure from the nitrogen cylinder is routed to
the FM-200 Cylinder Valve in order to actuate the valve.
Actuation of the FM-200 valve is done by using the 675
and 1010 lb. Actuation Assembly Kit (P/N 06-129985-001).
See Figure 3-26 and Table 3-21 for more details. The kit
consists of:
(1) Nitrogen Transfer "Y" Fitting, P/N 06-236260-001
(2) 1/8" NPT x 1/4" flare, P/N 06-118191-001
(1) 1/8" branch tee, P/N 06-118193-001
(1) 3/16" flexible loop, P/N 06-118192-001
(1) 1/8" Schraeder valve, P/N 263303
(1) 1/4" flare Schraeder cap, P/N 263304
(1) Pneumatic control head, P/N 878737
5

3 6 7
3 6 7

2
2
4
1
4

8
3
3

Figure 3-26. Actuation Assembly Kit

Figure 3-25. Actuation Assembly Kit for the 675 and 1010 lb. ADS Cylinders
for the 225 and 395 lb. ADS Cylinders
Table 3-21. Actuation Assembly Data for 675 and 1010 lb.
Table 3-20. Actuation Assembly Data for 225 and 395 lb. ADS Cylinders
ADS Cylinders
Item
Item Qty. Part Number Description
Qty. Part Number Description No.
No.
1 1 06-236260-001 Nitrogen transfer "Y" fitting
1 1 06-236124-001 Nitrogen transfer fitting
2 1 878737 Pressure operated control head
2 1 878737 Pressure operated control head
3 2 06-118191-001 Fitting flared 1/8" x 1/4"
3 2 06-118191-001 Fitting flared 1/8" x 1/4"
4 1 06-118193-001 3/16" flexible actuation hose
4 1 06-118193-001 3/16" flexible actuation hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8" branch tee
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8" branch tee

6 1 263303 1/8" Schrader valve 6 1 263303 1/8" Schrader valve

7 1 263304 1/8" Schrader valve cap 7 1 263304 1/8" Schrader valve cap

8 1 06-118330-001 3/4" Nipple

90=FM200M-030 3-12 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.9.3 1" NITROGEN TRANSFER HOSE GAUGE

PLUG OUTLET PORT-1/8" NPT FEMALE
(P/N 06-118207-00X) ATTACH ADAPTER HERE

Nitrogen is routed from the driver cylinder's discharge head

to the 3/4" transfer fitting (located on the FM-200 agent
cylinder) by a flexible 1" rubber covered hose with wire- 1/8" NPT 5/16"-TUBING
braided reinforcements (see Figure 3-27 and Table 3-22). SAFETY MALE MALE
OUTLET ADAPTER
A P/N 69920501
3/4-14NPT
1.375 HEX (REF) 1.375 HEX (REF) 1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION

1.500
1.000 DIA CYLINDER P/N 877940
DIA MIN.

1.625 DIA. BRACKET P/N 877845

1.250 HEX (REF) 3/4-14NPSM 16"

(406 mm)
Figure 3-27. 1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose
Table 3-22. 1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose Data

Part Number Description Dimension A

06-118207-001 For use with 395 lb. system 18.00" 3.56"

(90 mm)

06-118207-002 For use with 225 lb. system 14.75"

Figure 3-28. Nitrogen Actuator
For use with 675 lb. and Mounting Bracket and Adapter
06-118207-003 23.62"
1010 lb. systems
3-3.9.5 FLEXIBLE ACTUATION HOSE
3-3.9.4 NITROGEN ACTUATOR, MOUNTING (P/N 06-118193-00X)
BRACKET AND ADAPTER The flexible actuation hose is used in multiple cylinder sys-
(P/NS 877940, 877845 AND 69920501) tems. Pilot pressure is directed to a pressure operated con-
The nitrogen actuator is used in multiple cylinder and main/ trol head on each nitrogen driver cylinder valve using a
reserve systems. When activated by a control head, gas 1/4-inch actuation hose (see Figure 3-29 and Table 3-24).
pressure is routed from the nitrogen cylinder to pressure A
operated control heads mounted on each driver cylinder,
resulting in a complete system discharge (see Figure
3-28 and Table 3-23). STAINLESS STEEL
BRAID
Table 3-23. Nitrogen Assembly Data
0.250-45 SAE SWIVEL - BRASS EXTRUDED
7/16-20 (0.437- 20) THREAD TEFLON INNERCORE
Part Number Description
Figure 3-29. Flexible Actuation Hose
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, 1800 PSI @ 70F
877940
(124 bar gauge @ 20C) Table 3-24. Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose

877845 Mounting Bracket Dimension A

Part Number
(inches) (mm)
69920501 Mounting Adapter
06-118193-001 16 406

06-118193-003 22 559

06-118193-002 36 1168

February 2004 3-13 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.9.6 TEES, ELBOWS AND ADAPTERS 3-3.10 Discharge AccessoriesNitrogen

Driver Cylinder
Tees, elbows and adapters connect actuation hoses to pres-
sure operated control heads in multiple cylinder system in- 3-3.10.1 3/4" ORIFICE FITTING
stallations (see Figure 3-30 and Figure 3-31). (P/N 90-194129-XXX)
The 3/4" Orifice Fittings are designed to provide the proper
regulated flow rate of nitrogen to the FM-200 agent
cylinder (see Figure 3-32 and Table 3-25).
MALE CONNECTOR
1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING
P/N 6992-0501
MALE ELBOW MALE BRANCH TEE 1.500 in.
1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING (38 mm)
1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING HEX.
P/N 6992-0503 P/N 6992-0505

Figure 3-30. Tees, Elbows and Adapters for

Nitrogen Pilot Actuation 0.750-14 NPT 2.21 in.
(56 mm)
3.05 in.
(77.5 mm)

1.000-16 UN-2A
1/8 FLARE ADAPTER
1/8 NPT X 3/16 TUBING
P/N 06-118191-001
Figure 3-32. Orifice Fitting
1/8 ELBOW 1/8 BRANCH TEE
1/8 NPT X 3/16 TUBING 1/8 NPT x 3/16 TUBING Table 3-25. Orifice Fitting Data
P/N 06-118284-001 P/N 06-118285-001

Diameter Area
Part Number
Figure 3-31. Tee, Elbow and Adapters for (in.) (in.2)
Manifolded Cylinder Actuation
90-194129-107 0.107 0.0090

90-194129-111 0.111 0.0097

90-194129-116 0.116 0.0106

90-194129-120 0.120 0.0113

90-194129-129 0.129 0.0131

90-194129-136 0.136 0.0145

90-194129-144 0.144 0.0163

90-194129-156 0.156 0.0191

90-194129-170 0.170 0.0227

90-194129-182 0.182 0.0260

90-194129-199 0.199 0.0311

90-194129-213 0.213 0.0356

90-194129-234 0.234 0.0430

90-194129-261 0.261 0.0535

90-194129-281 0.281 0.0620

90-194129-316 0.316 0.0784

90-194129-348 0.348 0.0951

90-194129-391 0.391 0.1201

90-194129-438 0.438 0.1507

90-194129-484 0.484 0.1840

90=FM200M-030 3-14 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.11 Discharge AccessoriesFM-200 Cylinder A

3-3.11.1 3/4" CHECK DIFFUSER

The 3/4" check diffuser has two specific purposes: it acts
as a check valve to allow the container to be shipped with
agent, however, primarily it is used to distribute the nitro- CONVOLUTED HOSE WITH
gen in a horizontal pattern within the vapor space of the STAINLESS STEEL BRAID OVERLAY

agent cylinder. The nitrogen then acts as a gas piston push- 3" MALE SCHEDULE 40
GROOVED FITTING TYP.
ing the agent out of the cylinder, up through the siphon tube.
The check diffuser is installed into the agent cylinder at the Figure 3-35. 3" Flexible Discharge Hose
factory and shipped with a safety cap (see Figure 3-33).
Table 3-26. Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses

VALVE SEAT
Dimension A Min. Bend Radius
P/N 06-235930-001 Part Number Male
in. mm in. mm

COPPER GASKET
CUP CHECK ASSEMBLY P/N 326420 283899 2 31 787.4 13.5 342.9
P/N 06-129860-001

SPRING
RETAINING RING 06-118225-001 3 54 1372.0 24.0 610.0

SPRING SEAT
3-3.11.3 VALVE OUTLET ADAPTERS (P/N 283905)

O-RING A valve outlet adapter connects the cylinder valve outlet to

P/N 56610916 the discharge piping when a flexible discharge hose is not
used (see Figure 3-36 and Table 3-27).

3/4 CHECK Note: A valve outlet adapter is not required for the 3" valve.
DIFFUSER BODY
B (valve outlet connection)

D C

Figure 3-33. 3/4" Check Diffuser A (system pipe connection)

3-3.11.2 FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE HOSE Figure 3-36. Valve Outlet Adapter

(P/N 283899 AND 06-118225-001)
Table 3-27. Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter
FM-200 agent is routed from the storage cylinders to the
discharge piping by a flexible 2" rubber covered hose with Part
Size A B
C D
wire braided reinforcements. The hose is connected to the Number
in. mm in. mm
discharge outlet of the FM-200 cylinder valve and termi-
2" 2.500" 3.00
nates at the system piping or discharge manifold (see Fig- 283905 2
11 NPT 12 UNJ
3.12 79.25
HEX
76.20
ures 3-34 and 3-35 and Table 3-26).

HOSE
FM-200 CYLINDER VALVE SYSTEM PIPE CONNECTION,
CONNECTION, SWIVEL NUT MALE NPT THREAD

Figure 3-34. 2" Flexible Discharge Hose

February 2004 3-15 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.11.4 CHECK VALVES 3-3.11.5 MANIFOLD EL-CHECKS (P/N 877690)

Check valves are installed in sections of piping in main/ Manifold El-checks are installed at the discharge mani-
reserve systems to prevent the actuation of the reserve fold in a multiple cylinder arrangement to allow removal
system when the main system is discharged. (See Table of any FM-200 cylinder from the manifold while still re-
3-28 for equivalent lengths.) taining a closed system. The 2-inch El-check is used on
the 225 and 395 lb. cylinders (see Figure 3-38 and Tables
1/4-inch check valves (P/N 264985) are installed in the pi-
3-29 and 3-30).
lot manifold to ensure the proper number of cylinders are
discharged (see Figure 3-37). ! CAUTION
DIRECTION Manifold El-checks are not intended to be used
OF FLOW 1/4"-18NPT (TYP.)
as check valves in main/reserve systems.
Misuse of parts may cause system malfunction.

2.00" .81" VALVE BODY

(51 mm) (21 mm)
HEX
Note: Install the valve with the arrow pointing in the direction of flow.

Figure 3-37. Check Valve B C

FOR CONNECTION TO SYSTEM
Table 3-28. Check Valves, Equivalent Lengths MANIFOLD

ARROW INDICATES FLOW

Equivalent DIRECTION

Part Number Nomenclature Pipe Type Length

ft. m

Check Valve, C CHECK

800327 40 T and 40 W 7 2.13
1/2" NPT
Figure 3-38. Manifold El-Checks
Check Valve,
800266 40 T and 40 W 17 5.18
3/4" NPT Table 3-29. Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks
Check Valve,
800443 40 T and 40 W 12 3.66 Part
1" NPT Size A B C
Number
Check Valve,
800444 40 T and 40 W 51 15.54
1" NPT 3.93" 4.88"
877690 2 2 - 11 NPT
(99.8 mm) (123.95 mm)
Check Valve,
870152 40 T and 40 W 57 17.37
1" NPT
Table 3-30. El-Check, Equivalent Length
Check Valve,
870151 40 T and 40 W 165 50.29
2" NPT
Equivalent Length
Part
Check Valve, Nomenclature Pipe Type
263716 40 T and 40 W 268 81.69 Number
2" NPT ft. m
Check Valve,
870100 40 T and 40 W 795 242.31
3" NPT 877690 2" El-Check 40 T and 40 W 16 4.88

3-3.11.6 PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCHES

(P/N 486536 AND P/N 981332)
Pressure switches operate from system pressure upon dis-
charge to energize or de-energize electrically operated
equipment. Pressure switches may be used to shut down
machinery and ventilation or to annunciate system
discharge. See Figures 3-40 and 3-41 on the following page
for more details.

90=FM200M-030 3-16 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

STEM SHOWN IN SET POSITION-

PULL UP ON STEM TO MANUALLY
OPERATED OPERATED OPERATE SWITCH
SET SET

0.375" (9.52 mm)

PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH
8 COVER SCREWS
WIRING 3P.D.T.

4.00" SCREW
(101.6 mm) TERMINALS UL TO RESET PUSH
FM
STEM TO SET
POSITION

15 AMP 125 Vac

4.00" 10 AMP 250 Vac
(101.6 mm) 3/4 HP 1-2-3 PH 125-480 Vac
FRONT VIEW
COVER REMOVED
SUPPLY PIPE WITH UNION

OPERATING PRESSURE = 50 PSI MIN

FRONT VIEW
PRESSURE TESTED 1000 PSI

SWITCH 3PDT
BOX - 3 - CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
EACH SIDE
COVER

GASKET NPT FEMALE - CONNECT TO SYSTEM PIPING

SIDE SECTION

Figure 3-40. Pressure Operated Switch

STEM IN OPERATED
POSITION

1" NPT FEMALE BOTH ENDS

FOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION STEM IN SET POSITION -
PULL UP ON STEM TO 4.37"
SWITCH SUPPLIED WITH MANUALLY OPERATE
2 - 1" NPT PIPE PLUGS (111 mm)
SWITCH

TO RESET PUSH
SET POSITION
STEM TO SET
POSITION
3 POLE
PRESSURE
CLUTCH OPERATED
EXPLOSION
PROOF
SWITCH
3 POLE

6.31"
SINGLE
THROW
9.00"
(160.27 mm)
TOGGLE (228.6 mm)
SWITCH

6 - COVER
30 AMP 250 Vac SCREWS
20 AMP 600 Vac
2 HP 100-600 V
3 PHASE AC
INLET

GAS

OPERATING HEAD

EXPLOSION PROOF 2 - 13/32"

3.50" MOUNTING HOLES UNION CONNECTION
MACHINED JOINT.
DO NOT USE GASKET (88.9 mm)
OR MAR SURFACES. 4.18"
(106.17 mm) PRESSURE INLET -
1/2" NPT FEMALE

Figure 3-41. Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof

February 2004 3-17 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.11.7 SWING CHECKS 3-3.11.8 DIRECTIONAL VALVES

(P/N 06-118213-001 AND 06-118058-001) (P/NS 90-118325-00X AND 90-118327-00X)
Swing checks are installed at the discharge manifold for Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems
a multiple cylinder arrangement to maintain a closed sys- (FM Approved only).
tem. See Figures 3-39 and 3-42, as well as Table 3-31
The stainless steel, 3-way directional ball valves are used
for more information.
for applications where a single bank of cylinders are used
to protect multiple hazards (see Chapter 4 for additional
information). The directional valves have a factory installed
pneumatic, spring loaded actuator and range in sizes from
4.56 in. 1/2" to 4". The directional valves can be installed in the
(116 mm) network, provided that they are accounted for in the soft-
ware calculation. See Figures 3-43 through 3-45 and Tables
6.31 in. 3-32 and 3-33 for more information.
(160 mm) SPRING
RETURN ACTUATOR

2 NPT

BALL VALVE
c
2 NPT B

Figure 3-39. 2 in. Swing Check Valve

SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW

8.06 in. Figure 3-43. Directional Valves

(205 mm)
3" NPT PIPING TO HAZARD
3" NPT 53MAX. FEMALE
FEMALE SWING ANGLE

AGENT
9.30 in. SOURCE
(236 mm)

Figure 3-42. 3 in. Swing Check Valve

Table 3-31. Swing Check Valve Data
TOP VIEW

Equivalent
Figure 3-44. T Flow Ball Position
Part Number Description Pipe Type Length
PIPING TO HAZARD
ft. m

06-118213-001 2 in. 40 T and 40 W 13.4 4.08

06-118058-001 3 in. 40 T and 40 W 13.0 3.96

AGENT
SOURCE

TOP VIEW

Figure 3-45. L Flow Ball Position

90=FM200M-030 3-18 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 3-32. Directional Valve Specifications*

T-Flow L-Flow
Part Number Nominal Size Material Body Style Inlets Port Equivalent Equivalent
Length Length

90-118325-001 1/2" 316 SS Threaded NPT Full 0.42 ft. 3.67 ft.

90-118325-002 3/4" 316 SS Threaded NPT Full 0.50 ft. 5.42 ft.

90-118325-003 1" 316 SS Threaded NPT Full 0.94 ft. 7.38 ft.

90-118325-004 1" 316 SS Threaded NPT Full 1.07 ft. 11.18 ft.

90-118327-001 1" 316 SS Bolted NPT Full 2.39 ft. 14.05 ft.

90-118327-002 2" 316 SS Bolted NPT Full 2.73 ft. 17.80 ft.

90-118327-003 3" 316 SS Bolted NPT Full 3.02 ft. 24.56 ft.

90-118327-004 4" 316 SS Bolted Flanged Full 4.54 ft. 25.62 ft.

*Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems (FM Approved only).

Table 3-32. Directional Valve Specifications (cont.)**

Dimensions
Valve Working Breakaway
Part Number Nominal Size
Pressure Torque
A* B C*

90-118325-001 1/2" 6 in. 0.59 8 in. 500 PSIG 100 in.-lb.

90-118325-002 3/4" 6 in. 0.79 8 in. 500 PSIG 130 in.-lb.

90-118325-003 1" 7 in. 0.98 10 in. 500 PSIG 190 in.-lb.

90-118325-004 1" 7 in. 1.25 10 in. 500 PSIG 300 in.-lb.

90-118327-001 1" 9 in. 1.50 12 in. 500 PSIG 576 in.-lb.

90-118327-002 2" 15 in. 1.97 14 in. 500 PSIG 877 in.-lb.

90-118327-003 3" 22 in. 2.93 23 in. 500 PSIG 2366 in.-lb.

90-118327-004 4" 23 in. 3.53 23 in. 500 PSIG 3300 in.-lb.

Notes:
*Dimensions are approximate for the entire assembly.
**Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems (FM Approved only).

Table 3-33. Pneumatic Actuator Specifications*

Nominal Actuator Actuator Actuator Working Maximum

Part Number Actuator Type
Size Mechanism Volume Torque Pressure Pressure

90-118325-001 1/2" Rack and Pinion Spring Return 14 cu. in. 180 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG

90-118325-002 3/4" Rack and Pinion Spring Return 14 cu. in. 180 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG

90-118325-003 1" Rack and Pinion Spring Return 21 cu. in. 266 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG

90-118325-004 1" Rack and Pinion Spring Return 40 cu. in. 429 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG

90-118327-001 1" Rack and Pinion Spring Return 61 cu. in. 782 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG

90-118327-002 2" Rack and Pinion Spring Return 92 cu. in. 924 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG

90-118327-003 3" Rack and Pinion Spring Return 366 cu. in. 3539 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG

90-118327-004 4" Rack and Pinion Spring Return 366 cu. in. 3539 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG

*Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems (UL Listed only).

February 2004 3-19 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.11.8.1 Electric Solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001) 3-3.11.8.2 Pressure Regulator (P/N 06-118334-001)
Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems
(FM Approved only). (FM Approved only).
The electric solenoid is a cost-effective component that is The pressure regulator is used up stream of the pneumatic
used with the pneumatic actuators and three-way ball solenoid to regulate the nitrogen pressure to 116 PSI
valves. With the solenoid, one nitrogen pilot cylinder can (8 bar gauge) prior to operating the pneumatic actuator on
be used for multiple directional valves. The solenoid is fac- the directional valve.
tory set to normally closed. A signal from the panel opens
the solenoid that is attached to the appropriate pneumatic
actuator. Pressure is then allowed to pass through the so-
lenoid and open the three-way directional valve (refer to
Chapter 4 for additional information). See Table 3-34 for
valve operating data. 6.66

CYLINDER PORTS
2- 0.19 REF

2.76 REF

1.63 REF 0.63 REF

1.26 REF ASSEMBLY INLET,
1/4 NPT
ASSEMBLY OUTLET,
0.95 1/4 NPT
0.16
REF REF
5.22 REF Figure 3-47. Pressure Regulator
MUFFLERS
3-3.11.9 PRESSURE OPERATED TRIP (P/N 874290)
Figure 3-46. Electric Solenoid
Pressure trips are used to close off the hazard space upon
Table 3-34. Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications* system discharge. The trips, operated by system pressure,
are designed to release self-closing units for doors, win-
Description Measurement
dows and dampers. The maximum load to be attached to a
Pressure Range 55 to 120 PSIG pressure trip is 100 lb. (45 kg). This is based on a minimum
pressure of 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.
Voltage Rating 24 Vdc
3-3.11.10 DISCHARGE INDICATOR (P/N 875553)
Power Consumption (DC) 3W
The discharge indicator may be installed in the discharge
Power Consumption (AC) 4.5A piping to visually indicate a system discharge. When in the
SET position, the discharge indicator acts as a vent (see
Coil 9AAG Figure 3-48).
Weight 0.72 lb. 2.62"
(67 mm) NORMAL POSITION
(PRE-DISCHARGE)
Ports 1/4" NPT
DISCHARGE
INDICATION
Includes: Locking Manual Override Button POSITION

*Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems (FM Approved only).
BODY

NPT MALE CAP

0.93" (24 mm) HEX STEM-RED

ACROSS FLATS

Figure 3-48. Discharge Indicator

90=FM200M-030 3-20 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.11.11 CORNER PULLEYS 3-3.11.13 DISCHARGE NOZZLES

(P/N 803808 AND P/N 844648)
Corner pulleys change the direction of cable lines without
binding to ensure smooth operation. P/N 803808 is used
for all watertight applications; P/N 844648 is used for all
industrial applications (see Figures 3-49 and 3-50).
1.75"
(45 mm)
COVER SCREW
The 180 and 360 discharge nozzles are designed to pro-
vide the proper flow rate and distribution of FM-200 to flood
a hazard area. The 180 nozzle is engineered to provide a
180 discharge pattern for sidewall applications. The 360
nozzle offers a full 360 discharge pattern for installations
where nozzles are located in the center of the hazard. See
GASKET Figures 3-53 and 3-54 and Table 3-36 on the following page
for more details.
BODY
3-3.12 Other Accessories

2.13" (54 mm) DIA

0.62" 3-3.12.1 HYDROSTATIC TEST ADAPTERS
(16 mm)
COVER The hydrostatic pressure test adapter is installed on the
FM-200 cylinder in place of the cylinder valve when the
3" -18 NPS FEMALE 0.81" cylinder is to be hydrostatically pressure tested. For cylin-
8 (21 mm)
der test requirements, see Paragraph 5-5.3 of this manual.
Figure 3-49. Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications
3-3.12.2 FM-200 CYLINDER RECHARGE
0.62" ADAPTERS
COVER SCREW (16 mm)
The FM-200 recharge adapter is installed in the cylinder
ID D discharge outlet during the cylinder charging procedure.
K

This adapter is used for refilling the cylinder with FM-200

E

UL

agent and super pressurizing the cylinder with nitrogen (see

Figure 3-52 and Table 3-35).
A
2 - E.M.T. CONNECTIONS
COMPRESSION TYPE O-RING SEAL
3/8 - NPT - (VENT VALVE
CONNECTION)
2.75"
(70 mm)
approx.

Figure 3-50. 1/2" E.M.T. Corner Pulley,

General Applications

3-3.11.12 MAIN TO RESERVE TRANSFER SWITCH B (HEX)

(P/N 802398)
The main to reserve switch is installed on systems having
main and reserve cylinders. Placing the switch in either the
3/8 - 18 NPT -
MAIN or RESERVE position provides uninterrupted fire pro- (CHARGE CONNECTION)
CYLINDER VALVE
tection during system maintenance or in the event of a sys- OUTLET CONNECTION

tem discharge (see Figure 3-51).

Figure 3-52. Cylinder Recharge Adapters
NPT FEMALE
FOR ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
Table 3-35. DimensionsCylinder Recharge Adapters
NAMEPLATE
SWITCH - DOUBLE
POLE DOUBLE
MAIN
THROW Cylinder
5.37" 2-COVER SCREWS Part A B
(136 mm) 6-CONNECTION Size
TOGGLE TERMINALS
4.62" Number
(117 mm)
TOGGLE lb. in. mm in. mm
GUARDS
CONDULET
RESERVE BOX
225 and
878758 4.06 103.12 3.25 82.55
2.75" 2.12"
395
(70 mm) Switch Rating: (54 mm)
30 Amps @ 120 Vac 2.50"
COMMON A-1
(64 mm)
Note: The cylinder recharge adapter is not required for
L-1
B-1 use with the 675 and 1010 lb. cylinders.
A-2
L-2
B-2
WIRING DIAGRAM

Figure 3-51. Main to Reserve Transfer Switch

February 2004 3-21 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

ORIFICE
DIAMETER
C

B
SECTION A-A

Figure 3-53. Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 2-D

B
Figure 3-54. Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 3-D

Table 3-36. Dimensions, 180 and 360

Discharge Nozzles

180o Nozzle 360o Nozzle

Nom. Size A B C A B C

in. in. in. in. in. in.

1/2" 1.47 3.00 1.50 1.44 3.00 1.50

3/4" 1.52 3.00 1.50 1.47 3.00 1.50

1" 1.98 5.00 3.00 1.92 5.00 3.00

1" 2.06 5.00 3.00 1.96 5.00 3.00

1" 2.13 5.00 3.00 2.00 5.00 3.00

2" 2.29 5.00 3.00 2.08 5.00 3.00

90=FM200M-030 3-22 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3-3.12.3 FM-200 CYLINDER SEATING ADAPTER 3-3.13 Detectors and Control Panels
(P/N 933537)
3-3.13.1 DETECTORS
The FM-200 seating adapter is installed on the cylinder ac-
tuation port during the cylinder charging procedure. This Detectors (ionization, photoelectric, thermal, ultraviolet, ul-
adapter is used for seating the valve assembly after charg- traviolet/infrared, etc.) interfacing with Kidde FM-200 sys-
ing. The seating adapter can also be used to charge the tems must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for the
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder. Refer to Paragraph 6-4.3 in Chap- intended application.
ter 6 for further explanation.
3-3.13.2 CONTROL PANEL
3-3.12.4 SAFETY OUTLETS The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved
(P/N 803242 AND P/N 844346) for releasing device service and compatible with Kidde
These units are designed to protect against over-pressur- FM-200 equipment.
ization in closed sections of discharge pipework, i.e., mani- Note: For additional control panel detail on the criteria
folds. The correct unit must be selected for the agent in required for use with directional valves, refer to
use. See Figure 3-55 and Table 3-37 for more information. Paragraph 4-3.6.
RETAINING NUT
Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems
(FM Approved only).
SAFETY DISC

SEAL WIRE

BODY

1.78"
(45 mm)

3/4 NPT MALE

Figure 3-53. Safety Outlets

Table 3-37. Safety Outlets

Pressure Relief Operates at

Part Number Agent
PSIG Bar

803242 Nitrogen 2400 to 2800 166 to 193

844346 FM-200 750 to 900 52 to 62

February 2004 3-23 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

90=FM200M-030 3-24 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

CHAPTER 4
DESIGN AND INSTALLATION

4-2.2.2 DETERMINE COMPONENTS REQUIRED

4-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter is intended for system designers and install-
ers. It outlines the steps needed to design the system in-
cluding the limitations imposed on the design by the system
hardware. The second part of this chapter explains equip-
ment installation.
Cylinder size, quantity and fill requirements.
Cylinder framing, mounting brackets, etc.
Detection and control equipment required.
Other system requirements, such as reserve supply,
pressure switches, etc.

4-2.2.3 LOCATE NOZZLES

4-2 DESIGN PROCEDURE Locate nozzles based on the following:
4-2.1 General Ceiling height (16 ft. [4.87 m] maximum,
0.99 ft. [0.30 m] minimum).
The system design is based on the requirements of Na-
Nozzle area coverage.
tional Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 2001,
current edition, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Special hazard area layout considerations.

4-2.2 Application 4-2.2.4 LOCATE CYLINDERS

The following steps must be taken to design an FM-200 Locate cylinders based on the following:
ADS: Number of cylinders required (include nitrogen driver).
Determine the design concentration required for the Storage temperature/environmental considerations,
hazard. such as area classification and corrosive environment.
Determine the minimum and maximum ambient tem- Accessibility.
perature for the hazard. Floor loading.
Determine the volume of the hazard.
4-2.2.5 LOCATE PIPING
Determine the integrity of the hazard.
Determine if any additional agent will be required to Locate piping based on the following:
offset leakage of agent from the hazard. Nozzle location.
Structural members for bracing the pipe.
4-2.2.1 CALCULATE AGENT REQUIRED
Calculate the quantity of FM-200 required to provide the 4-2.2.6 PIPE SIZE AND LAYOUT
proper design concentration at the minimum expected haz- Determine pipe size and layout for the following factors:
ard temperature.
Draw piping isometric.
For systems that protect Class A or Class C hazards and Dimensions of all pipe sections.
incorporate a mechanism of automatic actuation, a design
concentration of 6.25% can be used. Locate all fittings.
Note all elevation changes.
Refer to Tables 4-1 through 4-4 to determine design con-
centrations for Class B hazards. The information is given This information will be needed by the computer program.
for estimating purposes only. The Kidde ADS Series
FM-200 Flow Calculation Program calculates this informa-
tion for the designer. Refer to the User's Manual for Kidde
ADS Series FM-200 Flow Calculation Program (P/N
90-FM200M-130) for more information.

February 2004 4-1 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 4-1. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations

Design Design
Cup Burner Concentration, Cup Burner Concentration,
F u el F u el
(% v/v) 30% Safety (% v/v) 30% Safety
Factor2 (% v/v) Factor2 (% v/v)

Acetone 6.9 9.0 1-Hexene 5.8 7.6

Acetonitrile 4.3 7.0 Hydraulic Fluid* 6.5 8.5

t-Amyl Alcohol 7.3 9.5 Hydraulic Oil* 5.9 7.7

AV Gas 6.5 8.5 Hydrogen 13.2 17.2

B en z en e 5.5 7.2 Isobutyl Alcohol 7.6 9.9

n-Butane 6.6 8.6 Isopropanol 7.5 9.8

n-Butanol 7.6 9.9 JP 4 6.9 9.0

2-Butoxyethanol* 7.4 9.6 JP 5 6.9 9.0

2-Butoxyethyl Acetate* 6.9 9.0 Kerosene 7.4 9.6

n-Butyl Acetate 7.0 9.1 Methane 5.5 7.2

Carbon Disulfide 11.8 15.4 Methanol 10.4 13.5

Chloroethane 6.3 8.2 2-Methoxyethanol 9.4 12.2

Commercial Grade Heptane 6.7 8.7 Methyl Ethyl Ketone 7.4 9.6

Crude Oil* 6.5 8.5 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 7.0 9.1

Cyclohexane 7.2 9.4 Mineral Spirits 6.6 8.6

Cyclohexylamine 8.3 8.7 Morpholine 7.9 10.3

Cyclopentanone 7.4 9.6 Nitromethane 9.9 12.9

1,2-Dichloroethane 5.8 7.6 n-Pentane 6.8 8.8

Diesel 6.7 8.7 Propane 6.7 8.7

N,N-Diethylethanolamine* 7.8 10.1 1-Propanol 7.7 10.0

Diethyl Ether 7.5 9.8 Propylene 6.2 8.1

Ethane 6.7 8.7 Propylene Glycol 8.6 11.2

Ethanol 8.3 10.8 Pyrrolidine 7.3 9.5

Ethyl Acetate 6.8 8.9 Tetrahydrofuran 7.4 9.6

Ethyl Benz ene* 6.3 8.2 Tetrahydrothiophene 6.6 8.6

Ethylene 8.4 10.9 Toluene 5.6 7.3

Ethylene Glycol 7.6 9.9 Tolylene-2, 4-Diisocyanate 4.0 7.0

Gasoline-no lead 6.9 9.0 Transformer Oil 7.3 9.5

n-Heptane 6.7 8.7 Turbine Oil** 7.2 9.4

n-Hexane 6.9 9.0 Xylene 6.0 7.8

* General guideline onlyMSDS required to determine proper concentration

** Texaco R+O 32
Note: Cup Burner source data, Great Lakes Chemical Corporation.

90=FM200M-030 4-2 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 4-2. FM-200 Total Flooding

Concentration Factors (W/V), English

Tempa Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (lb./ft.3)b

t Design Concentrations (% by Volume)e
Specific Vapor
(F)c
Volume (ft.3/lb.)d
Temp
t (F)c 6 6.25 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

30 2.0210 0.0316 0.0330 0.0372 0.0430 0.0489 0.0550 0.0612 0.0675 0.0739 0.0805 0.0873

40 2.0678 0.0309 0.0322 0.0364 0.0421 0.0478 0.0537 0.0598 0.0659 0.0723 0.0787 0.0853

50 2.1146 0.0302 0.0315 0.0356 0.0411 0.0468 0.0525 0.0584 0.0645 0.0707 0.0770 0.0835

60 2.1612 0.0295 0.0308 0.0348 0.0402 0.0458 0.0514 0.0572 0.0631 0.0691 0.0753 0.0817

70 2.2075 0.0289 0.0302 0.0341 0.0394 0.0448 0.0503 0.0560 0.0618 0.0677 0.0737 0.0799

80 2.2538 0.0283 0.0296 0.0334 0.0386 0.0439 0.0493 0.0548 0.0605 0.0663 0.0722 0.0783

90 2.2994 0.0278 0.0290 0.0327 0.0378 0.0430 0.0483 0.0538 0.0593 0.0650 0.0708 0.0767

100 2.3452 0.0272 0.0284 0.0321 0.0371 0.0422 0.0474 0.0527 0.0581 0.0637 0.0694 0.0752

110 2.3912 0.0267 0.0279 0.0315 0.0364 0.0414 0.0465 0.0517 0.0570 0.0625 0.0681 0.0738

120 2.4366 0.0262 0.0274 0.0309 0.0357 0.0406 0.0456 0.0507 0.0560 0.0613 0.0668 0.0724

130 2.4820 0.0257 0.0269 0.0303 0.0350 0.0398 0.0448 0.0498 0.0549 0.0602 0.0656 0.0711

140 2.5272 0.0253 0.0264 0.0298 0.0344 0.0391 0.0440 0.0489 0.0540 0.0591 0.0644 0.0698

150 2.5727 0.0248 0.0259 0.0293 0.0338 0.0384 0.0432 0.0480 0.0530 0.0581 0.0633 0.0686

160 2.6171 0.0244 0.0255 0.0288 0.0332 0.0378 0.0425 0.0472 0.0521 0.0571 0.0622 0.0674

170 2.6624 0.0240 0.0250 0.0283 0.0327 0.0371 0.0417 0.0464 0.0512 0.0561 0.0611 0.0663

180 2.7071 0.0236 0.0246 0.0278 0.0321 0.0365 0.0410 0.0457 0.0504 0.0552 0.0601 0.0652

190 2.7518 0.0232 0.0242 0.0274 0.0316 0.0359 0.0404 0.0449 0.0496 0.0543 0.0592 0.0641

200 2.7954 0.0228 0.0238 0.0269 0.0311 0.0354 0.0397 0.0442 0.0488 0.0535 0.0582 0.0631

a
The minimum design temperature in the flooded space.
b
W/V [agent weight requirements (lb./ft.3)] = Pounds of agent required per cubic foot of protected volume to produce
indicated concentration at temperature specified.
W = (V/s) X [c/(100-c)]
c
t [temperature (F)] = The design temperature in the hazard area.
d
s [specific volume (ft.3/lb.)] = Specific volume of superheated FM-200 vapor can be approximated by the formula:
s = 1.885 + 0.0046t where t = temperature (F)
e
C [concentration (%)] = Volumetric concentration of FM-200 in air at the temperature indicated.

February 2004 4-3 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 4-3. FM-200 Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric

Specific Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (kg/m3)b

Tempa Vapor Design Concentration (% per Volume) e
t Volume
(C)C s
(m3/kg)d 6 6.25 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 0.1268 0.5034 0.5258 0.5936 0.6858 0.7800 0.8763 0.9748 1.0755 1.1785 1.2839 1.3918

5 0.1294 0.4932 0.5152 0.5816 0.6719 0.7642 0.8586 0.9550 1.0537 1.1546 1.2579 1.3636

10 0.1320 0.4834 0.5051 0.5700 0.6585 0.7490 0.8414 0.9360 1.0327 1.1316 1.2328 1.3364

15 0.1347 0.4740 0.4949 0.5589 0.6457 0.7344 0.8251 0.9178 1.0126 1.1096 1.2089 1.3105

20 0.1373 0.4650 0.4856 0.5483 0.6335 0.7205 0.8094 0.9004 0.9934 1.0886 1.1859 1.2856

25 0.1399 0.4564 0.4765 0.5382 0.6217 0.7071 0.7944 0.8837 0.9750 1.0684 1.1640 1.2618

30 0.1425 0.4481 0.4678 0.5284 0.6104 0.6943 0.7800 0.8676 0.9573 1.0490 1.1428 1.2388

35 0.1450 0.4401 0.4598 0.5190 0.5996 0.6819 0.7661 0.8522 0.9402 1.0303 1.1224 1.2168

40 0.1476 0.4324 0.4517 0.5099 0.5891 0.6701 0.7528 0.8374 0.9230 1.0124 1.1029 1.1956

45 0.1502 0.4250 0.4439 0.5012 0.5790 0.6586 0.7399 0.8230 0.9000 0.9950 1.0840 1.1751

50 0.1527 0.4180 0.4366 0.4929 0.5694 0.6476 0.7276 0.8093 0.8929 0.9784 1.0660 1.1555

55 0.1553 0.4111 0.4293 0.4847 0.5600 0.6369 0.7156 0.7960 0.8782 0.9623 1.0484 1.1365

60 0.1578 0.4045 0.4225 0.4770 0.5510 0.6267 0.7041 0.7821 0.8410 0.9469 1.0316 1.1183

65 0.1604 0.3980 0.4156 0.4694 0.5412 0.6167 0.6929 0.7707 0.8504 0.9318 1.0152 1.1005

70 0.1629 0.3919 0.4092 0.4621 0.5338 0.6072 0.6821 0.7588 0.8371 0.9173 0.9994 1.0834

75 0.1654 0.3859 0.4031 0.4550 0.5257 0.5979 0.6717 0.7471 0.8243 0.9033 0.9841 1.0668

80 0.1679 0.3801 0.3971 0.4482 0.5178 0.5890 0.6617 0.7360 0.8120 0.8898 0.9694 1.0509

85 0.1704 0.3745 0.3912 0.4416 0.5102 0.5803 0.6519 0.7251 0.800 0.8767 0.9551 1.0354

90 0.1730 0.3690 0.3854 0.4351 0.5027 0.5717 0.6423 0.7145 0.7883 0.8638 0.9411 1.0202

a
The minimum design temperature in the flooded space.
b
W/V [agent weight requirements (kg/m3)] = Kilograms of agent required per cubic meter of protected volume to
produce indicated concentration at temperature specified.
W = (V/s) X [c/(100-c)]
c
t [temperature (C)] = The design temperature in the hazard area.
d
s [specific volume (m3/kg)] = Specific volume of superheated FM-200 vapor can be approximated by the formula:
s = 0.1269 + 0.0005t where t = temperature (C)
e
C [concentration (%)] = Volumetric concentration of FM-200 in air at the temperature indicated.

90=FM200M-030 4-4 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

4-2.2.7 USING THE FM-200 CONCENTRATION Table 4-5. Time for Safe Human Exposure at
FLOODING FACTORS Stated Concentrations for HFC-227ea
To find the total quantity of FM-200 required at a specific
HFC-227ea Concentration
temperature and concentration, multiply the hazard volume
by the multiplier from Table 4-2 or Table 4-3 that correspond % v/v ppm
Human Exposure Time
to the design temperature and concentration desired. (minutes)

Note: NFPA 2001 and the U.S. Environmental Protection 9.0 90,000 5.00
Agency Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) 9.5 95,000 5.00
provide specific guidelines for using FM-200.
10.0 100,000 5.00
The minimum use concentration for total flooding
applications when using Kidde hardware is 10.5 105,000 5.00
6.25% w/v, unless a higher concentration is required
11.0 110,000 1.13
for the specific hazard being protected.
11.5 115,000 0.60
The agent quantity required must be based on the
lowest expected ambient temperature in the protected 12.0 120,000 0.49
space. Care must be taken that the calculated con-
centration for normally occupied spaces at the high- 4-2.2.8 MANIFOLDS
est expected ambient temperature in the space does
not exceed the value of 10.5% per NFPA 2001. When multiple cylinders are needed, they may be connected
to the same set of distribution piping through a manifold.
Per NFPA 2001, 2000 Edition, FM-200 systems with use con- This is necessary in two circumstances.
centrations below the NOAEL (9% w/v) are permitted for use
in occupied areas. FM-200 can be designed between 9% and A connected reserve supply of FM-200 is required.
10.5% for a five minute exposure using the PBPK model. The quantity of agent required is greater than the maxi-
FM-200 systems located in a normally occupied space with mum fill of a single cylinder.
use concentrations above 10.5% are not permitted, except In accordance with standards set by NFPA 2001:
where egress times are specified (see Table 4-5).
All manifolded cylinders are of the same size
Table 4-4. Atmospheric Correction Factors and quantity.
Each cylinder must have an El-check or swing-check
Equivalent Altitude
Enclosure Pressure
Atmospheric
to prevent back flow of agent through the discharge
Factor
Correction hose, in the event that the system is discharged while
ft. km PSIA cm Hg a cylinder is removed for maintenance.
-3000 -0.92 16.25 84.0 1.11
Each agent cylinder must have the correct nitrogen
driver connected directly to that agent cylinder.
-2000 -0.61 15.71 81.2 1.07
Standard check valves MUST be installed and modeled in
-1000 -0.30 15.23 78.7 1.04 the calculation software whenever any of the following con-
ditions exist.
0 0.00 14.71 76.0 1.00
Multiple cylinders are required.
1000 0.30 14.18 73.3 0.96 A connected reserve supply is required.
2000 0.61 13.64 70.5 0.93 Multiple cylinder actuation from a master
FM-200 cylinder.
3000 0.92 13.12 67.8 0.89
Multiple cylinders are used for protection of
4000 1.21 12.58 65.0 0.86 multiple hazards.

5000 1.52 12.04 62.2 0.82

6000 1.83 11.53 59.6 0.78

7000 2.13 11.03 57.0 0.75

8000 2.44 10.64 55.0 0.72

9000 2.74 10.22 52.8 0.69

10000 3.05 9.77 50.5 0.66

February 2004 4-5 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

4-2.3 Design Criteria 4-2.3.1 FIRST BRANCH FLOW SPLIT

The complexity of agent flow formulas does not allow for
any simple method of manual FM-200 calculation. For
this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria de-
scribed in this manual have been programmed into a
computer software program.
! CAUTION
Kidde ADS FM-200 computer design software
is the only calculation method to be used with
Kidde ADS FM-200 equipment. No other
calculation method is acceptable.
The system designer must become thoroughly familiar with
the User's Manual for Kidde ADS Series FM-200 Flow Cal-
culation Program (P/N 90-FM200M-130) to determine the
proper procedures for applying the input parameters to the
Kidde computer program. There are a number of limita-
tions to these input parameters that must be observed if
accurate results are to be obtained. Most of these limita-
tions are in the program. However, there are certain re-
strictions that must be addressed by the system designer
before applying the input data. The following sections de-
scribe the essential design parameters and design limita-
tions which must be considered.
In order to ensure valid results from the flow software, the
program checks to see if the ratio between the percent agent
in pipe and percent agent before the first tee split fall into
the range indicated by Figure 4-1. The percent agent in
pipe figure is derived from the volume of the pipework and
the volume occupied by agent at the peak of the discharge.
This figure can exceed 100% since all of the FM-200 can
be expelled into the pipework with up to 40% of the pipe
volume being occupied by the driver nitrogen, hence the
maximum percent agent in pipe figure of 140%.
When these conditions are not met, the software will dis-
play a warning. The system designer should correct the
total pipe volume and/or volume of pipe before the first tee.
4-2.3.2 TEE FLOW SPLITS
Flow splits at tee junctions are sensitive to gravity. Even
though turbulent flow exists, there is a tendency for the va-
por phase to migrate to the upper portion of the pipe leav-
ing a more dense medium at the bottom of the pipe. For
this reason, the limitations in Figure 4-2 must be observed.

% AGENT IN PIPE / %AGENT BEFORE FIRST TEE RATIO LIMITS

(Ratio must fall in region marked 'acceptable')

100

90

80

70
% AGENT BEFORE FIRST TEE

60

50
ACCEPTABLE
40

30

20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
% AGENT IN PIPE

Figure 4-1. Percent Agent Before First Tee as a

Function of Percent Agent in Pipe
90=FM200M-030 4-6 February 2004
 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

HAZARD A HAZARD A
HAZARD A
HAZARD B

HAZARD B
6 NOM PIPE HAZARD B
DIAM. MINIMUM
6 NOM PIPE
DIAM. MINIMUM

6 NOM PIPE
DIAM. MINIMUM
Horizontal Feed Vertical Feed

HAZARD A HAZARD A

HAZARD B

HAZARD B
6 NOM PIPE
6 NOM PIPE DIAM. MINIMUM HAZARD A
HAZARD B
DIAM. MINIMUM

BULL TEE FLOW BULL TEE FLOW

BULL TEE
SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS

OUT OUT OUT - 50% OUT - 50% OUT - 85% OUT - 15%

BULL TEE BULL TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE
IN IN - 100% IN - 100%

SIDE TEE SIDE TEE FLOW SIDE TEE FLOW

SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS
Horizontal Feed Horizontal Feed

IN OUT
IN - 100% OUT - 65% IN - 100% OUT - 85%

SIDE TEE SIDE TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

OUT OUT - 35% OUT - 15%

Figure 4-2. Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for Kidde ADS Series

February 2004 4-7 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

SIDE TEE FLOW SIDE TEE FLOW

SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS
Vertical Feed Vertical Feed

OUT - 65% OUT - 84%

OUT - 35% OUT - 16%

IN - 100% IN - 100%
SIDE TEE SIDE TEE
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE

Figure 4-2. Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for Kidde ADS Series (continued)

4-2.3.2.1 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits Table 4-6. 6 X Pipe Diameters
1. Bull head tees can have both outlets in the horizon-
tal or vertical plane. The inlet to a bull head tee may Pipe Diameters
approach in a horizontal, vertically up, or vertically Pipe Size
down direction. feet in. mm
2. Side tees can have the inlet and both outlets in the 1/2" 0.250 3.0 76
horizontal or vertical plane.
3/4" 0.375 4.5 110
3. Elbows before a tee, or after, that split going to sepa-
rate hazards must be located a minimum distance 1" 0.500 6.0 150
of 6 pipe diameters (nominal) before the tee (see 1" 0.625 7.5 190
Table 4-6).
1" 0.750 9.0 230
4. Tee splits going to separate hazards from a common
supply line must be spaced a minimum of 6 pipe diam- 2" 1.000 12.0 300
eters (nominal) apart.
2" 1.250 15.0 380
5. Pipe reducers must be the concentric reducer type.
3" 1.500 18.0 460
6. Minimum flow out of a side tee branch is 15% of total
flow at the tee. 4" 2.000 24.0 610

7. When the through tee member is horizontal, the mini-

mum flow split through the side tee member is 15%.
When the through tee member is vertical, the minimum
flow through the side tee member is 16%.
The maximum flow split through the side tee member
of the tee is 35% in both cases.
When the through tee member is horizontal, the maxi-
mum flow through the through tee member is 85%.
When the through tee member is vertical, the maxi-
mum flow through the through tee member is 84%.
The minimum flow split through the through tee mem-
ber is 65% in both cases.
Note: The flow splits through side tees vary slightly de-
pending on whether the side tee split has its through
tee section in the horizontal plane or the vertical
plane. Refer to the Figure 4-2.
8. The maximum flow split through a bull head tee is 85%.
The minimum flow split through a bull tee is 15%.
4-2.3.3 DURATION OF DISCHARGE
Per NFPA 2001, the liquid agent discharge shall be completed
in a nominal ten seconds or less. Discharge times shorter
than ten seconds are desirable to minimize production of break-
down products. Discharge times as short as six seconds
should be considered when circumstances permit.
4-2.3.4 NOZZLE SELECTION AND PLACEMENT
There are two basic Kidde ADS nozzle configurations:
1. The 360 nozzle which provides a full 360 discharge
pattern, designed for placement in the center of
the hazard.
2. The 180 nozzle which provides a 180 discharge pat-
tern, designed for placement adjacent to a side wall of
the hazard.
Use ADS Series software as a tool to determine the re-
quired orifice area and nozzle.

90=FM200M-030 4-8 February 2004


Maximum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360 nozzle
at the given node and the pipe cross sectional area for the
pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.8, or 80%.
The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 180 nozzle
at the given node and the pipe cross sectional area for the
pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.8, or 80%.
Minimum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360 nozzle
at the given node and the pipe cross sectional area for the
pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20% for
3/4", 1", 1", 1", 2" and 0.15, or 15% for 1/2".
The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 180 nozzle
at the given node an d the pipe cross sectional area for the
pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20% for
3/4", 1", 1", 1", 2" and 0.15, or 15% for 1/2".
Nozzles are available in nominal pipe sizes of 1/2, 3/4, 1",
1", 1" and 2".
4-2.3.5 NOZZLE PLACEMENT
There are certain coverage and height limitations which
must be observed with each nozzle configuration to ensure
proper agent distribution.
d = 60.5
(18.44 m)
d = 36.2
(11 m)
46 46
(14 m)
(14 m)
56 56
(17 m) (17 m)
180 Nozzle 360 Nozzle
Figure 4-3. Nozzle Placement and Coverage
Orientation-Nozzles must be mounted perpendicular
to the ceiling or subfloor surface. Nozzles are to be
mounted in the pendent position unless the enclosure
height is 12 inches (305 mm), in which case, pendent
or upright is permitted.
Nozzle Clearance-Nozzles installed in the pendant po-
sition from the ceiling must be installed so that the dis-
charge slot is located 1/2 to 6 inches (12 to 150 mm)
below the top of the enclosure. Nozzles installed in the
upright position from the floor must be installed 6 inches
2 inches (150 50 mm) but no closer than 2 inches
(50 mm) from the top of the enclosure.
Maximum Height-The maximum protected height for
a single row of nozzles is 16 feet (4.87 m). The 16 foot
(4.87 m) coverage height includes the 1/2 to 6 inches
(12 to 150 mm) below the ceiling.
Nozzles may be tiered to accommodate enclosures with
ceiling heights greater than 16 feet (4.8 m).
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
Minimum Ceiling Height-The minimum ceiling height
for UL Listed/FM Approved systems is 12 in. (305 mm).
180 Nozzles-180 nozzles must be located 1 to
2 inches (25 to 50 mm) from a wall, with the orifices
directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be lo-
cated as close to the center of the wall as possible.
180 nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined
as a rectangle that is 46 ft. x 56 ft. (14 m x 17 m).
In accordance with UL Listing, 180 nozzles have a
maximum coverage area defined as any rectangle that
can be inscribed in a semicircle with a radius of 60.5 ft.
(18.44 m) from the nozzle with a maximum area cover-
age of 2576 sq. ft. (239.32 sq. m).
180 nozzles may be used in a back-to-back configu-
ration. The nozzles should be place 1 to 2 feet (0.3 m
to 0.6 m) apart.
360 Nozzles-360 nozzles must be located as close
to the center of the coverage area as possible. 360
nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as
any rectangle that can be inscribed in a circle of radius
36.2 feet (11 m) (diagonal of a rectangle 23 ft. x 28 ft.).
See Figure 4-3 for further information.
Multiple Nozzles-Nozzles whose discharge patterns
will intersect must be placed at least 6 feet (1.8 m) apart
to assure adequate agent distribution.
Walls and Obstructions-FM-200 discharged from the
nozzle requires a certain length from the nozzle to va-
porize into a gas. If the FM-200 comes into contact
with a surface before the agent is fully atomized, frost-
ing can occur. As a result, the concentration through-
out the enclosure will be less than required to
appropriately protect the space. Therefore, nozzles
must be located with at least 3 to 4 feet (0.9 to 1.2 m)
of clearance from walls and/or significant obstructions
(ex. high-rise racking and columns). If this requirement
cannot be met, additional agent may be discharged to
compensate for this agent "loss". Please consult Kidde
Fire Systems for assistance.
Reduced Coverage Area-Consideration should be
given to reducing nozzle spacing when obstructions
that would impede the uniform distribution of FM-200
throughout the area are present. Nozzle coverage area
must be reduced to 30 ft. x 30 ft. for enclosure heights
6 to 12 inches (9.1 m x 9.1 m for heights 0.15 to
0.3 meters).
Note: Any system designed for a space less than
12 inches (305 mm) in height is not a UL Listed or
an FM Approved design.
4-9 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

4-2.3.5.1 Limits on Nozzle Conditions 4-2.3.6 PIPE SIZING

Minimum average nozzle pressure-The nozzle pres- The following table may be used as an estimating guide for
sure must be a minimum of 72 PSIG (5 bar gauge) for sizing distribution piping.
the nozzle to effectively disperse the agent and mix the
agent into the air of the enclosure being protected. Table 4-7. Pipe Size Estimating Table
Maximum arrival time imbalance-The difference be-
tween liquid arrival times at two of the nozzles exceed Nominal Flow Rate (lb./sec.) Flow Rate (kg/s)
the allowed 0.74 seconds. Pipe Size
(inches)
Maximum run-out time imbalance-The difference be- Minimum Max. Nom. Minimum Max. Nom.
tween nozzle liquid run-out times at two of the nozzles Design Design Design Design
exceed the allowed 1.0 second maximum. 1/2 1 3.0 0.45 1.4
4-2.3.5.2 Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs
3/4 2 5.5 0.91 2.5
If nozzles are only located above the container outlet,
then the maximum elevation difference between the 1 3.5 8.5 1.6 3.9
container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or
1 6 12.5 2.7 5.7
discharge nozzle (whichever is furthest) shall not ex-
ceed 30 feet (9 m). 1 9 20.0 4.1 9.0
If nozzles are only located below the container outlet, 2 14 30.0 6.3 13.6
then the maximum elevation difference between the
container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or 2 20 55.0 9.1 25.0
discharge nozzle (whichever is furthest) shall not ex-
3 30 90.0 13.6 40.9
ceed 30 feet (9 m).
If nozzles are located both above and below the container 4 55 125.0 25 56.8
outlet, then the maximum elevation difference between
5 90 200.0 40.8 90.9
the furthest horizontal pipe runs or discharge nozzles
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 30 feet (9 m). 6 120 300.0 54.4 136.4
Note: If you have a system design that violates these lim-
its, the factory must be consulted to determine what This table is intended for use as a guide only. The Kidde
course of action should be taken (see Figure 4-4 ADS Series flow calculation computer program must be
for further clarification). used for the final design.
System With A System With A System With Ceiling
Single Row of Nozzles Multiple Row of Nozzles and Subfloor Nozzles

30 Max 30 Max

30 Max

Figure 4-4. Nozzle Limitations

90=FM200M-030 4-10 February 2004


4-2.4 Other Conditions
4-2.4.1 OPERATING/STORAGE
TEMPERATURE RANGE
Kidde FM-200 ADS Series Fire Suppression System equip-
ment listed herein is designed to operate within a tempera-
ture range of 32F to 130F (0C to 54C). The Kidde ADS
Series FM-200 computer flow calculation program assumes
a temperature of 70F (21C). Therefore, the container op-
erating and storage temperature must be in the range of
60F to 80F (16C to 27C) for a single unbalanced sys-
tem protecting two or more separate hazards. If the con-
tainer operating/storage temperature is outside this range,
an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from
one or more discharge nozzles.
4-2.4.2 STORAGE TEMPERATURE
Kidde FM-200 ADS Series Fire Suppression System equip-
ment is suitable for storage from 32F to 130F (0C to 54C).
4-2.4.3 SYSTEM OPERATING PRESSURE
The maximum system operating pressure for Kidde
FM-200 ADS Series Fire Suppression System equipment
is 400 PSIG at 70F (25 bar gauge @ 21C).
4-2.5 Pressure Actuation Limitations for
225 and 395 lb. Systems
Four modes of pressure actuation of the Kidde FM-200 ADS
Series Engineered Systems cylinders are available.
Note: When agent cylinders are all connected to a com-
mon manifold, they shall be at the same size and
fill density.
4-2.5.1 CYLINDERS CLOSE COUPLED USING
PRESSURE FROM A MASTER
NITROGEN DRIVER
Note: See Figure 4-5.
For cylinders close coupled using pressure from one mas-
ter nitrogen driver cylinder, a maximum of fourteen slave
cylinders, close coupled (maximum of fifteen ADS sets in
group [one set equals a nitrogen driver and an agent cylin-
der]), can be actuated by that one master cylinder using
pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders.
The slave cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible
hoses.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
4-2.5.2 CYLINDERS NOT CLOSE COUPLED
USING PRESSURE FROM A MASTER
NITROGEN DRIVER
Note: See Figure 4-6.
For cylinders not close coupled using pressure from one mas-
ter nitrogen driver and agent cylinder set, a maximum of four-
teen slave cylinders (maximum fifteen cylinders in a group)
can be actuated by that one master cylinder, using pressure
operated control heads on the slave cylinders. The slave cyl-
inder operation will be through a 5/16" O.D. x 0.035" wall stain-
less steel tubing actuator line having a maximum total length
of 800 ft. (244 m) or 400 ft. (122 m) of 1/4" Schedule 40 pipe.
4-2.5.3 CYLINDERS NOT CLOSE COUPLED USING
PILOT NITROGEN CYLINDER PRESSURE
Note: See Figure 4-7.
For cylinders not close coupled using nitrogen pressure
from a pilot nitrogen cylinder, a maximum of fifteen ADS
sets (one set equals a nitrogen driver and an agent cylin-
der) can be actuated by one pilot nitrogen cylinder using
pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035" wall stain-
less steel tubing actuator line having the following limitations:
Maximum total length of tubing is 500 feet (152 m).
Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the
last cylinder is 400 feet (122 m).
The maximum length of tubing between the nitrogen
pilot cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder #1 is up to
100 ft. (31 m).
If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at
a distance greater than 100 feet (30.5 m) from ADS
cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be taken
from the line between the slave cylinders and added to
the line between the nitrogen cylinder and slave cylin-
der #1, provided that the maximum total length of tub-
ing does not exceed 150 feet (45.7 m).
The tubing actuation line must be designed for a mini-
mum working pressure of 1800 PSIG (124 bar gauge).
4-2.5.4 CYLINDERS CLOSE COUPLED USING
PILOT NITROGEN CYLINDER PRESSURE
Note: See Figure 4-8.
For cylinders close coupled using nitrogen pressure from
one pilot nitrogen cylinder (see Figure 4-9), from one to
fifteen slave ADS cylinder sets can be actuated from one
pilot nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads
on the nitrogen driver cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 1/4" Schedule 40 steel
pipe actuator line having the following limitations:
Maximum length between nitrogen pilot cylinder and
the first ADS cylinder is 100 feet (30.5 m).
All ADS cylinders must be located adjacent to
one another.
4-11 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)

with Pneumatic Control Head (P/N 878737)
Nitrogen
Actuation Hose Tee Wall Mounting
Transfer Hose

Nitrogen Driver
With Master Control
Elbow Head
Tee (Typ.) Agent Cylinder
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.)
14 Slave sets of Agent and Master
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders Cylinder Set

Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping

either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.

Figure 4-5. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Close Coupled

800 ft. (243.8 m) Max. Length 400 ft. (121.9 m) Max. Length
of 5/16 Stainless Steel Tubing of 1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe

Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.) Nitrogen Transfer Hose

Tee
with Pneumatic Control
Head (P/N 878737)

Nitrogen Driver
5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall With Master Control
Steel Tubing or Head
1/4 Schedule 40 Pipe Tee 5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall
Elbow Agent Cylinder
Steel Tubing or
Actuation Assembly 1/4 Schedule 40 Pipe
Kit (Typ.)
14 Slave sets of Agent and Master
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders Cylinder Set

Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping

either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.

Figure 4-6. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder to Actuate
a Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Not Close Coupled

500 ft. (152.4 m) Max Length 250 ft. (76.2 m) Max Length
of 5/16 Stainless of 1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe
Steel Tubing Maximum 100 ft. of
Flare 5/16 O.D. X 0.032" wall
Stainless steel tubing
Nitrogen
Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.) Transfer Hose
with Pneumatic Control Head Master Control
Head

5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall
Steel Tubing or
Elbow
1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe
Nitrogen Driver
Tee Agent Cylinder With Pneumatic Control
Head (P/N 878737)
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.)

15 Slave sets of Agent and

Nitrogen Driver Cylinders
5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall
Steel Tubing or 1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe

Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping

either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.

Figure 4-7. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Actuate
a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ADS Cylinders, Not Close Coupled

90=FM200M-030 4-12 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Nitrogen Transfer Hose

Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)

with Pneumatic Control Head (P/N 878737)
Flare Master Control
Actuation Hose
Head

Tee (Typ.) Agent Cylinder

Master Nitrogen
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.) Nitrogen Driver Pilot Driver
Elbow With Pneumatic Control with master
Head (P/N 878737) Control Head

250 ft. (76.2 m) Max. Length

15 Slave sets of Agent and of 1/4 Sch. 40 Pipe
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders
500 ft. (152.4 m) Max. Length
5/16 Stainless Steel Tubing

Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping

either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.

Figure 4-8. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ADS Cylinders, Close Coupled
Table 4-8. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for 225 and 395 lb. Systems

Number of Pieces Included

Number of
Pneumatic 3/16" Flare Tee x 3/16" Flare Elbow x
Cylinders Actuation Assy 22" Flex Hose 36" Flex Hose
Kit P/N Actuator 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT
P/N 06-129882-001 P/N 06-118193-003 P/N 06-118193-002
P/N 878737 P/N 06-118285-001 P/N 06-118284-001

2 Cylinder Set
06-129944-002 2 1 0 1 1 1
System Manifold

3 Cylinder Set
06-129944-003 3 1 1 2 2 1
System Manifold

4 Cylinder Set
06-129944-004 4 1 2 3 3 1
System Manifold

5 Cylinder Set
06-129944-005 5 1 3 4 4 1
System Manifold

Plus 1 Cylinder
06-129944-101 1 0 1 1 1 0
Set Manifold

February 2004 4-13 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

4-2.5.5 MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENT KITS FOR

USE WITH 225 AND 395 LB. ADS SERIES
SYSTEMS (P/N 06-129944-X0X)
Manifold actuation arrangement kits are convenient and
easy to install. Kits are available in two, three, four and five
system manifolds. See Figure 4-5 and Table 4-8 for a list-
ing of hardware included in the kit.
"X" 0.187

06-118193-00X

06-118285-001

06-118284-001

878737

KIT
P/N 06-129882-001

Figure 4-5. Manifold Arrangement Kits

for use with 225 and 395 lb. ADS Series Systems

Table 4-9. 675 and 1010 lb. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents

Number of Pieces Included

Number of
Pneumatic 3/16" Flare Tee x 3/16" Flare Elbow Actuation
Cylinders Kit 16" Flex Hose 36" Flex Hose
Actuator 1/8" NPT x 1/8" NPT Assembly
Part Number P/N 06-118193-001 P/N 06-118193-002
P/N 878737 P/N 06-118285-001 P/N 06-118284-001 P/N 06-129985-001

2 Cylinder Manifold 06-129986-002 1 1 2 2 1 2

3 Cylinder Manifold 06-129986-003 1 2 3 3 1 3

4 Cylinder Manifold 06-129986-004 1 3 4 4 1 4

Plus One Cylinder 06-129986-101 1 1 1 1

90=FM200M-030 4-14 February 2004


4-2.6 Pressure Actuation Limitations for
675 and 1010 lb. ADS Series Systems
Four modes of pressure actuation of the Kidde FM-200 ADS
Series Engineered Systems cylinders are available.
Note: When agent cylinders are all connected to a com-
mon manifold, they shall be at the same size and
fill density.
4-2.6.1 CYLINDERS CLOSE COUPLED USING
PRESSURE FROM A MASTER NITROGEN
DRIVER
Note: See Figure 4-11.
For cylinders close coupled using pressure from one master
nitrogen driver cylinder, a maximum of fourteen slave sets,
close coupled (maximum of fifteen ADS sets in group [one
set equals two nitrogen drivers and an agent cylinder]), can
be actuated by that one master cylinder using pressure oper-
ated control heads on the slave cylinders. The slave cylinder
operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.
4-2.6.2 CYLINDERS NOT CLOSE COUPLED
USING PRESSURE FROM A MASTER
NITROGEN DRIVER
Note: See Figure 4-12.
For cylinders not close coupled using pressure from one
master nitrogen driver and agent cylinder set, a maximum
of fourteen slave sets (maximum fifteen sets in a group)
can be actuated by that one master cylinder, using pres-
sure operated control heads on the slave cylinders. The
slave cylinder operation will be through a
5/16" O.D. x 0.035" wall stainless steel tubing actuator line
having a maximum total length of 800 ft. (244 m) or
400 ft. (122 m) of 1/4" Schedule 40 pipe.
4-2.6.3 CYLINDERS CLOSE COUPLED USING
PILOT NITROGEN CYLINDER PRESSURE
Note: See Figure 4-13.
For cylinders close coupled using nitrogen pressure from
one pilot nitrogen cylinder, from one to fifteen slave ADS
cylinder sets can be actuated from one pilot nitrogen driver
using pressure operated control heads on the slave nitro-
gen driver cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 1/4" Schedule 40 steel
pipe actuator line having the following limitations:
Maximum length between nitrogen pilot cylinder and
the first ADS cylinder is 100 feet (30.5 m).
All ADS cylinders must be located adjacent to
one another.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
4-2.6.4 CYLINDERS NOT CLOSE COUPLED
USING PILOT NITROGEN CYLINDER
PRESSURE
Note: See Figure 4-14.
For cylinders not close coupled using nitrogen pressure from
a pilot nitrogen cylinder, a maximum of fifteen ADS sets (one
set equals two nitrogen drivers and an agent cylinder) can be
actuated by one pilot nitrogen driver using pressure operated
control heads on the slave nitrogen driver cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035" wall stain-
less steel tubing actuator line having the following limitations:
Maximum total length of tubing is 500 feet (152 m).
Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the
last cylinder is 400 feet (122 m).
The nominal min./max. length of tubing between the
nitrogen pilot cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder #1 is
up to 100 feet (31 m).
If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at
a distance greater than 100 feet (30.5 m) from ADS
cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be taken
from the line between the slave cylinders and added to
the line between the nitrogen cylinder and slave cylin-
der #1, provided that the maximum total length of tub-
ing does not exceed 150 feet (45.7 m).
The tubing actuation line must be designed for a mini-
mum working pressure of 1800 PSIG (124 bar gauge).
4-2.6.5 MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENT KITS FOR
USE WITH 675 AND 1010 LB. ADS SERIES
SYSTEMS (P/N 06-129986-X0X)
Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with the 675 and 1010
lb. ADS Series Systems are available in two, three and four
system manifolds. See Figure 4-10 and Table 4-9 for a list-
ing of hardware included in the kit.
"X" 0.187
06-118193-00X
06-118285-001
06-118284-001
878737
KIT
P/N 06-129882-001
Figure 4-10. Manifold Arrangement Kit
for use with 675 and 1010 lb. ADS Series Systems
4-15 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Plain Nut Discharge Head, Manifold Arrangement Kits

(Typ.) 1/4" Sch 40 or
(Typ.), P/N 872450 5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

3" Valve
Control Head
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.), P/N 06-129985-001

Figure 4-11. Close Coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements

1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

Plain Nut Discharge Head

(Typ.), P/N 872450 3" Valve Control Head

Actuation Assembly Kit

(Typ.)

Figure 4-12. Not Close Coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements

Maximum 500 ft. of

5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall Control
Stainless steel tubing Head

Nitrogen Pilot
with Control Head

3" Valve
Plain Nut Discharge Head (Typ.), P/N 872450
Actuation Assembly Kit (Typ.)

Figure 4-13. Close Coupled Manifold Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements

90=FM200M-030 4-16 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Maximum 500 ft. of

5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing

Plain Nut Discharge Head (Typ.), P/N 872450 Control

Head
Nitrogen Pilot
with Control Head

Actuation Assembly Kit (Typ.) Pneumatic Control Head (Typ.),

3" Valve P/N 878737

Figure 4-14. Close Coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Pilot Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements

4-2.7 Manifold Arrangement with Directional Valves 4-2.7.1 3-WAY BALL VALVE WITH PNEUMATIC
(Multi-Hazard Arrangements for all Systems) ACTUATOR: USING NITROGEN
PILOT ACTUATION FOR EACH 3-WAY
Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems
BALL VALVE
(FM Approved only).
Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems
The Kidde ADS Series System offers the use of directional
(FM Approved only).
valves for protection of multiple hazards from one central
storage bank of agent and nitrogen driver cylinders. When Figure 4-15 illustrates Arrangement 1 which uses
the same set of cylinders are used to protect different haz- nitrogen pilot actuation for each 3-way ball valve.
ards, 3-way directional valves may be included in the sys- Figure 4-16 illustrates Arrangement 2 which uses
tem. Since only one system (i.e., distribution piping and a single nitrogen pilot cylinder to actuate only one
nozzles) can be entered and calculated at one time, it is of a series of 3-way ball valves.
necessary to create separate projects (.flc files) for each
A nitrogen pilot line is connected to each 3-way ball valve.
configuration. With respect to the directional valves, sepa-
An electric control head is installed on each nitrogen pilot
rate objects are used for a given valve size depending on
cylinder to actuate and release the nitrogen, which, in turn,
the orientation of the valve. An open valve is used to al-
pneumatically opens the ball valve. The nitrogen pilot line
low agent to flow through the side (branch) outlet of the
must be installed with a pressure regulator. The nitrogen
valve, and a closed valve would be used to allow agent to
line is then installed into the pneumatic solenoid (P/N
flow through the run outlet of the valve. When working with
06-118329-001) that is attached to the pneumatic actuator.
multiple files, the user should ensure that the type, diam-
The pneumatic solenoid acts as a gate valve; when the
eter and length of any pipes common to more than one
signal is received from the panel to open the pneumatic
project file are identical. The pipe locking feature is useful
solenoid, the pressure is then allowed to pass through the
here. In addition, the agent quantity per cylinder and area
pneumatic actuator, which thereby turns the valve to the
of the nitrogen restrictor orifice should be identical.
90 Open orientation.
Note: Per NFPA 2001In sections where a valve arrange-
ment introduces sections of closed piping, such
sections shall be equipped with pressure relief de-
vices, or the valves shall be designed to prevent
entrapment of liquid. For pressure relief of mani-
fold arrangements using directional valves, use a
safety outlet (P/N 844346).
The following are two options of actuation arrangements:

February 2004 4-17 90-FM200M-030

 PIPING TO PIPING TO
HAZARD A HAZARD B SOL Electric Solenoid
CYL 2-3 CYL.1-3 (P/N 06-118329-001)
3-Way Ball
Panel Valve

Swing Check or Check

Optional Swing Check Valve
Discharge Manifold
or Check Vavle

90=FM200M-030
E Electric
Channels Needed = Control Head
# of Directional Valves S/O Pressure Regulator
Sol. Sol.
(P/N 06-118334-001)
Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)
3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball
VALVE 1 VALVE 2 S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 844346)
Electric Control E E E
Head

Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe Nitrogen pilot line connected to
each 3-way ball valve.
1/4 inch Sch 40 pipe or
Nitrogen Pilot 5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall Electric control heads on each
Electric Control Stainless steel tubing nitrogen pilot cylinder to control
Head FM-200 FM-200 FM-200 the directional valves.
Tank N2 Tank N2 Tank N2
Each pilot cylinder could also be
#3 #2 #1 manually actuated.
All cylinders must be of the same size and fill density.
Nitrogen Pilot All nitrogen drivers must be of the same size and pressure (1800 PSIG).
Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.
General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

SIDE VIEW

4-18
1" Transfer Hose (Typ.) Plain NutDischarge Head
P/N 06-118207-003 (Typ.), P/N 872450

E E E

Actuation Assembly Kit Plain NutDischarge Head Electric Control Head

for 225 and 395 lb. Systems, (Typ.), P/N 872450
P/N 06-129882-001
for 675 and 1010 lb. Systems,
P/N 06-129985-001
TOP VIEW

Note: The arrangements shown above use the larger cylinders (675 and 1010 lb.)
for the purpose of clarity. This concept can also be achieved using the 225 and 395 lb. cylinders.

Figure 4-15. Arrangement 1: 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Dedicated for Each Directional Valve

February 2004
(Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems [FM Approved only].)
 PIPING TO PIPING TO
HAZARD A HAZARD B
CYL 2-3 CYL.1-3 SOL Electric Solenoid
(P/N 06-118329-001)

Panel 3-Way Ball

Valve

Swing Check or Check

February 2004
Swing Check Discharge Manifold Valve
or Check Valve
E Electric Control Head
Channels Needed = # of
Directional Valves + 1 S/O
Sol. Sol.
Pressure Regulator
(P/N 06-118334-001)
3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)
VALVE 1 VALVE 2
Electric S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 844346)
Control Head E E E
Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe
Nitrogen pilot line connected to each
3-way ball valve.
1/4" Sch 40 Pipe or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall Electric control head and one pilot
Nitrogen Pilot cylinder feeds all the ball valves.
Stainless steel tubing
FM-200 FM-200 FM-200 Each 3-way ball valve is with a solenoid
N2 N2 N2
Tank Tank Tank pneumatic actuator (rotates 90).
#3 #2 #1
All cylinders must be of the same size and fill density.
All nitrogen drivers must be of the same size and pressure (1800 PSIG).
Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.
General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.
See Table Paragraph 4-2.7.1

SIDE VIEW

4-19
1" Transfer Hose Plain Nut Discharge Head
(Typ.), P/N 06-118207-003 (Typ.), P/N 872450

E E E

Plain NutDischarge Head (Typ.) Electric Control Head

Actuation Assembly Kit
for 225 and 395 lb. Systems, P/N 872450
P/N 06-129882-001
for 675 and 1010 lb. Systems,
P/N 06-129985-001
TOP VIEW

Note: The arrangements shown above use the larger cylinders (675 and 1010 lb.)
for the purpose of clarity. This concept can also be achieved using the 225 and 395 lb. cylinders.

Figure 4-16. Arrangement 2: 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Controlled by a 24 Vdc Solenoid
(Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems [FM Approved only].)

90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 4-10. 3-Way Ball Valve* 4-2.8.1 CORNER PULLEY AND CABLE
LIMITATIONS
Maximum
Maximum Maximum
Ball Valve Number from Refer to Table 4-11 for corner pulley and cable
Tubing 5/16" x 1/4" Schedule
Size One Pilot
0.035" Weight 40 Pipe length limitations.
Cylinder
Table 4-11. Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations
4" 3 200 ft. 100 ft.
Max. Cable
Pulley
3" 3 200 ft. 100 ft. Length
Control Head Part
Type Number
P/N P/N
2" 8 200 ft. 100 ft. ft.
803808 844648

1" 8 200 ft. 100 ft. Cable Operated 979469 15 30 100

Electric/Cable 895630 6 30 100

1" 8 200 ft. 100 ft.
Electric/Cable 895627 6 30 100
1" 8 200 ft. 100 ft.
Electric/Cable, XP 897494 6 30 100
3/4" 8 200 ft. 100 ft. Electric/Cable, XP 897560 6 30 100

1/2" 8 200 ft. 100 ft.

4-2.8.2 PRESSURE TRIP LIMITATIONS
*Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems (FM Approved only). The maximum load to be attached to pressure trip (P/N
874290) is 100 lb. (45 kg). This is based on a minimum
! WARNING pressure of 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.

The pneumatic actuator and pneumatic

solenoid are rated for a pressure of 100 to
150 PSI (6.89 to 10.34 bar gauge). A pressure
regulator must be installed in line to reduce the
nitrogen pressure that is being released from
the pilot cylinder. Pressure regulator P/N
06-118334-001 is factory set to 116 PSI
(8 bar gauge).
4-2.8 Using Multiple Nitrogen Cylinders
Two or more remotely located pilot nitrogen cylinders can
be used to actuate the ADS described in Paragraphs
4-2.5.3 and 4-2.5.4, provided that:
1/4" check valves (P/N 264985) shall be installed at
the intersection of each pilot line to the main actuator
line (see Figure 4-17).
The total length of actuator line, from each nitrogen
pilot cylinder to the nitrogen driver cylinders shall not
exceed the limitation established.
N2 PILOT
CYLINDER
CHECK VALVE
P/N WI-264985-000
4-3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
4-3.1 General
All Kidde FM-200 equipment must be installed to facili-
tate proper inspection, testing, manual operation, re-
charging and any other required maintenance as may
be necessary. Equipment must not be subject to severe
weather conditions or mechanical, chemical, or other
damage that could render the equipment inoperative.
Equipment must be installed in accordance with NFPA
Standard 2001, current edition.
! WARNING
The FM-200 cylinder/valve assemblies must be
handled, installed and serviced in accordance
with the instructions contained in this Section
and Compressed Gas Association (CGA)
pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets
may be obtained from: Compressed Gas
Association, 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway,
Arlington, VA 22202. Failure to follow these
instructions can cause FM-200 cylinders to
violently discharge, resulting in severe injury,
death and/or property destruction.

N2 PILOT
CYLINDER NITROGEN
DRIVER

Figure 4-17. Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders

90=FM200M-030 4-20 February 2004


4-3.2 Distribution Piping and Fittings
4-3.2.1 THREADS
Threads on all pipe and fittings must be tapered threads
conforming to ANSI Specification B1.20.1. Joint compound,
tape or thread lubricant must be applied only to the male
threads of the joint, excluding the first two threads.
4-3.2.2 PIPE
Piping must be of noncombustible material having physical
and chemical characteristics, such that its integrity under
stress can be predicted with reliability. The computer flow
program has only been verified for the specific types and
schedule of pipe and fittings covered in this manual. There
is a risk that the system may not supply the required quan-
tity of agent in unbalanced systems when other pipe types
and fittings are used.
4-3.2.2.1 Ferrous Piping
Black steel (or galvanized pipe [UL only]) must be either
ASTM A-53 seamless or electric resistance welded, Grade
A or B, or ASTM A-53 furnace weld Class F or ASTM
A-106, Grade A, B or C. ASTM B-120 and ordinary cast
iron pipe must not be used. The thickness of the pipe wall
must be calculated in accordance with ANSI B-31.1, Power
Piping Code. The internal pressure for this calculation must
be no less than 402 PSIG @ 130F (28 bar gauge @ 54C).
! CAUTION
Pipe supplied as dual stenciled A-120/A-53
Class F meets the requirements of Class F
furnace welded pipe ASTM A-53 as listed above.
Ordinary cast-iron pipe, steel pipe conforming
to ASTM A-120, or nonmetallic pipe must not
be used. Use of non-specified materials may
cause system malfunction.
4-3.2.2.2 Piping Joints
The type of piping joint shall be suitable for the design con-
ditions and shall be selected with consideration of joint tight-
ness and mechanical strength per NFPA 2001.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
4-3.2.2.3 Fittings
Class 150 and cast iron fittings must not be used. Fittings
used must be minimum 300 lb. class conforming to ASTM A-
197 and have a minimum working pressure of 402 PSIG (28
bar gauge). Flanged fittings must be 300 lb. class, American
Standard, forged carbon steel. Pressure/temperature ratings
of the fitting manufacturer must not be exceeded. Teflon tape
must be applied on male threads for threaded fittings. All
grooved couplings/fittings must be listed/approved for inter-
nal pressures no less than 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge).
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing
pipe size. Reductions can be made after a tee or after a
union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must
be downstream of each tee. Reductions made after a union
are possible only if the next change in direction (tee split) is
located a minimum of six nominal pipe diameters down-
stream of the concentric bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged
fittings shall be flat gray asbestos, neoprene impregnated.
! CAUTION
The calculation software has only been verified
for use with the piping, inside pipe diameter
and fittings specified in this manual. When
unspecified piping and fittings are used, there
is a risk that the system will not supply the
required quantity of FM-200.
4-3.3 Installation of Pipe and Fittings
Pipe and fittings must be installed in strict accordance with
the system drawings and good commercial practices. The
piping between the cylinder and the nozzles must be the
shortest route possible, with a minimum of fittings. Any de-
viations in the routing or number of fittings must be ap-
proved by the design engineer before installation.
Note: Strict piping rules regarding flow splits to multiple haz-
ards must be adhered to. Please refer to Paragraph
4-2.3.2 of this manual for proper tee installations.
Piping must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cut-
ting, welding or threading. All threaded joints must conform
to ANSI B1-20-1. Joint compound or thread tape must be
applied only to the male threads of the joint, excluding the
first two threads. Welding must be in accordance with Sec-
tion IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Each
pipe section must be swabbed clean, using a non-flam-
mable organic solvent.
All piping must be blown clear with dry nitrogen or com-
pressed air before installing the discharge nozzles.
The piping must be securely braced to account for dis-
charge reaction forces and thermal expansion/contrac-
tion. Care must be taken to insure the piping is not
subjected to vibration, mechanical or chemical damage.
All hangers must be FM Approved or UL Listed and must
conform to general industry standards for pipe hangers
and conform to ANSI B-31.1. Refer to ANSI B-31.1 for
additional bracing requirements.
4-21 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

4-3.4 Installation of Check Valves PIPING TO

HAZARD A
Install the check valves as shown on the system drawings. PIPING TO
Apply Teflon tape or pipe compound to all the male threads, HAZARD B
except the first two threads. Valves greater than two inches
in size are provided with flanged outlets. All valves must be Cap End
of Manifold
installed with the arrow on the valve body pointing in the
proper direction of the flow.
Nipple
Straight through position;
4-3.5 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe Closed to pipe network.

The pressure actuation pipe must be 1/4-inch Schedule 40

or 80 pipe or 5/16 in. O.D. x 0.035 in. wall stainless steel
3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball
tubing. Actuation lines shall be protected against crimping VALVE 1 VALVE 2
and mechanical damage (per NFPA 2001, Section 2-3.4.2).
The pipe or tubing must be routed in the most direct man- Figure 4-18. Straight Through Orientation
ner with a minimum number of fittings. Pipe and fittings
The directional valve must be installed so that the 90
must be in accordance with the requirements listed in Para-
turn of the actuator brings the T-port open on the side
graph 4-3.2. Fittings can be flared or compression type.
branch and the end of the valve that faces the FM-200
The pressure-temperature ratings of the fitting manufac-
source. The arrow on the valve must be pointed in the
turer must not be exceeded.
direction of the flow. See Figure 4-19.
PIPING TO
4-3.6 Installation of Directional Valves with HAZARD A
Pneumatic Actuators and Solenoids PIPING TO
HAZARD B
Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems (In Alarm)
(FM Approved only).
Flanged fittings are to be installed per ANSI B16.5.
Cap End
1. Gather the required parts for the chosen directional sys- of Manifold

tem based upon the number of 3-way valves needed

Nipple
and the actuation scheme desired. 90 counterclockwise
turn to Hazard B.

Single pilot cylinder actuation requires one pilot cyl-

inder, actuation hoses (number of hoses equals two
times the number of directional valves), electric 3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball
control head, the directional valves with solenoid VALVE 1 VALVE 2
pneumatic actuators and a pressure regulator. See
Figure 4-16 for more detail. Figure 4-19. 90 Orientation

Multiple pilot actuation requires pilot cylinders (num-
ber of pilot cylinders equals one times the number
of directional valves), actuation hoses (number of
hoses equals one times the number of directional
valves), electric control heads (number of control
heads equals one times the number of directional
valves), directional valves with pneumatic actua-
tors and a pressure regulator. See Figure 4-15 for
more detail.
Note: The pressure regulator must be located within
12 in. of the solenoid and pneumatic actuator.
2. Ensure that all directional valves are in the straight
through position before installation (the T-port in the
valve should be open on both ends with the side port
closed). See Figure 4-18.
3. Connect the actuators on the directional valves to the
pneumatic source in one of two ways (see Figures
4-15 and 4-16 for piping and wiring diagrams):
For pilot cylinder actuation, all directional valves must
have a 24 Vdc solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001) and a
24 Vdc connection from the control panel.
Connect the pilot cylinder to the second pressur-
ization port of the solenoid actuator using the ac-
tuation line.
Connect each of the solenoids and the electric con-
trol head to the control panel so that the electric
control head fires and the correct directional valve
operates for the desired hazard.
Test each hazard with the control panel by listen-
ing for the solenoid click at each directional valve.
Reconnect all electrical connections.
Attach an electric control head to the pilot cylinder
(being sure it is set before installation).

90=FM200M-030 4-22 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

4. Set the control panel to provide a 5.5 second delay ! WARNING

between the firing of the pilot cylinders for the direc-
tional valves and the firing of the FM-200 system (see
Table 4-12). This delay provides sufficient time for the
valves to fully open before the system is discharged.
Table 4-12. Directional Valve Data
Time Delays
Part Number Description
Required to Open
Regardless of configuration, the following
sequence of activation must be adhered to:
1. When a call for suppression is received by
the panel for a specific suppression zone, the
appropriate selector valve solenoid and
nitrogen pilot control head must activate within
0.5 seconds of each other.

90-118325-001 1/2" NPT 5.5 sec.

2. Six to ten seconds after the selector valve
solenoid and nitrogen pilot control head
90-118325-002 3/4" NPT 5.5 sec. actuates, the appropriate nitrogen driver
control heads must activate. After any hazard
90-118325-003 1" NPT 5.5 sec. activates, no other activation is allowed until
the system is serviced. Failure to follow these
90-118325-004 1" NPT 5.5 sec. sequence could result in system malfunction.
PEGAsys or other
90-118327-001 1" NPT 5.5 sec. programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
90-118327-002 2" NPT 5.5 sec. suppression control panel

90-118327-003 3" NPT 5.5 sec. PEGAsys or other

S
Release
FM Approved/UL Listed Selector Valve
Circuit
fire alarm suppression Solenoid (see note 1)
90-118327-004 4" Flanged 5.5 sec. control panel
S
Release Selector Valve
Note: 5.5 seconds is the maximum time needed for the Circuit Solenoid (see note 1)
4 ball valve to open under pressure. S
Release Nitrogen Pilot
4-3.6.1 SYSTEM RELEASE Circuit Control Head (see note 2)
CONTROL CONFIGURATION S
Release Nitrogen Driver
Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems Circuit Control Head (see note 2)
(FM Approved only).
S
Release
IMPORTANTThe information in this paragraph Circuit
Nitrogen Driver
Control Head (see note 2)
refers to circuits and wiring employed on PEGAsys pan-
els*; specific ADS configurations and/or other program-
mable panels may require different wiring and/or S Denotes Supervised Circuit

panel-to-panel connections.
Figure 4-20. Typical Single Panel
A maximum of eight suppression hazards and a maxi-
System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)
mum of eight electrically actuated nitrogen driver cylin-
ders are allowed per system. Multiple panels may be
employed to control and release the system. The small-
est ADS system configuration would require a minimum
of four release circuits.

February 2004 4-23 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

PEGAsys or other
programmable FM Approved
4-3.7 Installation of Discharge Nozzles
(for FM insured installations) S
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel
PEGAsys or other
Release
FM Approved/UL Listed
Circuit
Selector Valve
Solenoid (see note 1)
After the system piping has been blown free of debris, in-
fire alarm suppression
control panel
S stall the discharge nozzles in strict accordance with the
Release
Circuit
Circuit
Selector Valve
Solenoid (see note 1) system drawings. Orient the nozzles as shown on draw-
S ings. Make certain that the correct nozzle type, part num-
Release Nitrogen Pilot
Circuit Control Head (see note 2) ber and orifice size are installed in the proper location. See
Release +
S
Release
Paragraph 4-2.3.5 for correct nozzle placement and
Circuit _ Control Relay (see note 3)
orientation.
PEGAsys or other
programmable FM Approved Panel 1
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
4-3.8 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter
suppression control panel PEGAsys or other
FM Approved/UL Listed
fire alarm suppression S Install valve outlet adapter in system piping. Tighten se-
control panel

Initiating EOLR curely.

Circuit
Circuit

Release
S
Nitrogen Driver
! WARNING
Circuit Control Head (see Note 2)
To avoid possible personal injury, always
S
Release
Circuit
Nitrogen Driver connect a valve outlet adapter into system
Control Head (see Note 2)
piping (union connection) before connecting to
Panel 2
an FM-200 cylinder.
S Denotes Supervised Circuit
4-3.9 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose
Figure 4-21. Typical Multiple Panel Attach the flexible discharge hose from system piping or
System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below) El-check in the discharge manifold to the cylinder valve. Tighten
securely (see Figure 4-22 and Tables 4-13 and 4-14).
Notes:
1. Must use Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001). ! WARNING
Ratings: 24 Vdc, 4.8 W; 2.0 Vdc minimum dropout. To avoid possible personal injury, always
2. Must use 24 Volt DC control head. The fire alarm sup- connect the flexible discharge hose into system
pression panel release circuit must be capable of sup- piping before connecting to an FM-200 cylinder.
plying a minimum of 24 Vdc @ 2.8 Amps for
30 milliseconds for control head P/N 890181 and a mini-
mum of 24 Vdc @ 0.5 Amps continuous for control head
P/N 81-100000-001.
3. Release control relays are only required if the nitrogen
B
driver solenoids are released by a separate panel. Re-
lays employed must be electrically compatible with the FACE OF
PIPE FITTING
release circuit output characteristics for both pull-in and
dropout voltages.
C (HOSE SIZE)
4. A means of manual release of the system shall be pro-
vided. Manual release shall be accomplished by a me- A
chanical manual release, or by an electrical manual
release, when the control equipment monitors the bat-
tery voltage level of the standby battery supply and will
provide a low battery signal. The release shall cause
simultaneous operation of automatically operated
valves controlling agent release and distribution.
* Refer to the PEGAsys Installation, Operation and
Maintenance Manual (P/N 76-200016-001) for Figure 4-22. Installation of the Flexible Hose
complete details. Directly into System Piping
! WARNING
The referenced control heads and solenoids are
compatible with PEGAsys panels. The use of
other panels to operate these control heads and
solenoids has not been verified and could result
in system malfunction.

90=FM200M-030 4-24 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 4-13. Installation of the Flexible Hose 4-3.10.1 THE SINGLE CYLINDER AND SINGLE
Directly into System Piping, English DRIVER ADS SERIES SYSTEM
(225 AND 395 LB. SYSTEMS ONLY)
Dimensions in Inches
Cylinder
! WARNING
Capacity
A B C* ADS Cylinders must be located and mounted
225 lb. 19 21 2
where they will not be accidently damaged or
moved. If necessary, install suitable
395 lb. 19 21 2 protection to prevent the cylinder from
675 lb. 33 36 3 damage or movement.
1010 lb. 33 36 3 1. Position ADS and nitrogen driver cylinders in designated
location, and secure in place with cylinder strap and
Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a attaching hardware. Cylinders, straps and brackets
smooth radius in flexible loop. must be properly anchored to structural supports to
* Hose may require an adapter to connect to system piping. adequately secure the ADS cylinders (see Figure 4-23
and Tables 4-15 and 4-16). Orient cylinder with valve
Table 4-14. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into outlet angled toward system piping.
System Piping, Metric
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 2-inch flexible discharge hose or valve out-
Dimensions in Milimeters
Cylinder Capacity let adapter to the cylinder outlet port.
A B Note: If a valve outlet adapter is used, a union must be
installed in the discharge piping.
225 lb. 483 552

395 lb. 483 552 ! WARNING

675 lb. 838 914
1010 lb. 838 914
Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a
smooth radius in flexible loop.
4-3.10 Installation of Nitrogen Driver and
FM-200 Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
The ADS Series cylinders should be located as close as
possible to the protected hazard area. The assemblies
should be located in a place which is readily accessible
for manual actuation and inspection, service and main-
tenance. The cylinders shall be located in an environ-
ment protected from the weather, and where the ambient
temperature does not exceed 80F (27C), nor fall be-
low 60F (16C). External heating or cooling may be re-
quired to maintain this temperature range. The following
installation instructions must be followed in the exact
sequence outlined below to prevent accidental discharge,
bodily injury and property damage.
Connect the discharge hose to system piping
before attaching it to the cylinder valve.
To avoid possible personal injury, the valve
outlet adapter must be connected into system
piping (union connection) before attaching it
to the cylinder valve.
4. Remove the safety cap from the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
5. Install the orifice fitting to the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
6. Assemble the 3/4-inch transfer fitting to the orifice fitting.
7. Assemble the 1/8-inch flare fitting to the transfer fitting.
8. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve ac-
tuation port.
! WARNING
The control head must be in the SET position (that
is, the actuating pin must be in the fully retracted
or SET position) before attaching it to an FM-200
cylinder in order to prevent accidental discharge
and possible personal injury.
9. Install the pneumatic control head to the top of the
2-inch valve (actuation port).
10. Attach the 1/8-inch branch tee to the top of the pneu-
matic control head.
11. Attach the second 1/8-inch flare to the 1/8-inch
branch tee.
12. On the other side of the branch tee, add the 1/8-inch
schraeder valve fitting and cap.
13. Attach the 1-inch transfer hose to the top of the
3/4-inch transfer fitting.

February 2004 4-25 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3
21.75
(552 mm)
8 5

19.00 15
6
(483 mm)
45
TOP VIEW
BACK VIEW

A I
7
4 H

B G

225/395 lb. 2300/4070

cu. In.
C

1 2 1. ASSY - CYL. and VALVE ADS ASSY

2. ASSY - CYL. and VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
4. STRAP - TWO CYLINDER
FRONT VIEW 5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
E 8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
D F

Figure 4-23. Single Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting

for 225 and 395 lb. Systems

Table 4-15. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, English (inches)

Cylinder P/N A B C D E F G H I

90-10022X-001 55.5 45.3 30.0 12.75 12.6 8.5 51.5 56.7 58.8

90-10139X-001 61.3 51.0 37.0 16.0 15.3 10.5 58.0 63.2 65.3

Note: The "X" within the part numbers denotes whether a liquid level indicator is ordered with the cylinder. A one (1)
is used if a LLI is needed, a five (5) is used if one is not.

Table 4-16. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Metric (mm)

Cylinder P/N A B C D E F G H I

90-10022X-001 1410 1150 762 324 320 216 1308 1440 1494

90-10039X-001 1575 1270 940 406 382 267 1473 1605 1659

Note: The "X" within the part numbers denotes whether a liquid level indicator is ordered with the cylinder. A one (1)
is used if a LLI is needed, a five (5) is used if one is not.

90=FM200M-030 4-26 February 2004


14. Assemble the grooved-nut discharge head to the bell
fitting on the nitrogen transfer hose.
15. Remove the red protective cap from the nitrogen
driver valve.
16. Attach the grooved-nut discharge head to the valve on
the nitrogen cylinder.
17. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver
cylinder valve actuation port.
18. Install the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder
valve actuation port.
! WARNING
Control heads must be in the SET position (that
is, the actuating pin must be in the fully
retracted or SET position) before attaching to
the ADS cylinders in order to prevent accidental
discharge and possible personal injury.
4-3.10.2 INSTALLATION OF A SINGLE CYLINDER
AND TWO DRIVER ADS SERIES SYSTEM
(675 AND 1010 LB. SYSTEMS ONLY)
! WARNING
ADS Cylinders must be located and mounted
where they will not be accidently damaged or
moved. If necessary, install suitable
protection to prevent the cylinder from
damage or movement.
1. Position ADS and nitrogen driver cylinders in designated
location, and secure in place with cylinder strap and
attaching hardware. Cylinders, straps and brackets
must be properly anchored to structural supports to
adequately secure the ADS cylinders (see Figure 4-24
and Tables 4-17 and 4-18). Orient cylinder with valve
outlet angled toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 3-inch flexible discharge hose or grooved
piping to the cylinder outlet port.
! WARNING
Connect the discharge hose to system piping
before attaching it to the cylinder valve.
To avoid possible personal injury, the valve
outlet adapter must be connected into system
piping (union connection) before attaching it
to the cylinder valve.
4. Remove the safety cap from the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
5. Install the orifice fitting to the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
6. Assemble the 3/4-inch transfer fitting to the orifice fitting.
7. Assemble the 1/8-inch flare fitting to the transfer fitting.
8. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve ac-
tuation port.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
! WARNING
The control head must be in the SET position (that
is, the actuating pin must be in the fully retracted
or SET position) before attaching it to an FM-200
cylinder in order to prevent accidental discharge
and possible personal injury.
9. Install the pneumatic control head to the top of the
3-inch valve (actuation port).
10. Attach the 1/8-inch branch tee to the top of the pneu-
matic control head.
11. Attach the second 1/8-inch flare to the 1/8-inch
branch tee.
12. On the other side of the branch tee, add the 1/8-inch
schraeder valve fitting and cap.
13. Attach the two 1-inch transfer hoses to the 3/4-inch Y
transfer fitting.
14. Assemble the plain-nut discharge head to the bell fit-
ting on the nitrogen transfer hose.
15. Remove the red protective cap from the nitrogen
driver valve.
16. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the valve on the
nitrogen cylinder.
Note: Repeat Steps 14 through 16 when a second driver
is used.
17. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver
cylinder valve actuation port.
18. Install the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder
valve actuation port.
! WARNING
Control heads must be in the SET position (that
is, the actuating pin must be in the fully
retracted or SET position) before attaching to
the ADS cylinders in order to prevent accidental
discharge and possible personal injury.
4-27 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3
20.0 SIDE VIEW 7
8 5

34.0

FRONT VIEW
9
4

675/1010 lb. 4070/

A 4890 H
1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE ADS ASSY
cu. in. I 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
B 1 3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
J 4. STRAP - FM 200 CYLINDER
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
C 6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
1.0 2 8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
D 9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS

F
E G

Figure 4-24. Single Cylinder Installation, Vertical Mounting

for 675 and 1010 lb. Systems

Table 4-17. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, English (inches)

Cylinder P/N A B C D E F G H I J K

90-10067X-001 61.00 47.40 37.00 18.00 22.00 22.00 10.55 58.00 63.22 65.25 10.55

90-10101X-001 70.00 58.60 44.60 22.00 24.00 22.62 11.25 64.00 69.22 71.25 11.25

Note: The "X" within the part numbers denotes whether a liquid level indicator is ordered with the cylinder. A one (1) is used if a LLI is
needed, a five (5) is used if one is not.

Table 4-18. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, Metric (mm)

Cylinder P/N A B C D E F G H I J K

90-10067X-001 1549 1204 940 457 559 559 268 1473 1606 1657 268

90-10101X-001 1778 1488 1133 559 610 575 286 1626 1758 1810 286

Note: The "X" within the part numbers denotes whether a liquid level indicator is ordered with the cylinder. A one (1) is used if a LLI is
needed, a five (5) is used if one is not.

90=FM200M-030 4-28 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

4-3.11 Installation of Electric Control Heads to 4-3.12 Installation of Pressure Operated Control
Nitrogen Driver Only Heads (P/Ns 878737 and 878750)
1. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cyl-
! WARNING
inder actuation port (see Figure 4-26).
Before installing a control head on a nitrogen
driver cylinder valve, ensure the control head 1.00" HEX
(25.4 mm) 1/8"-27 NPT
is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin PRESSURE INLET
is in the fully retracted or SET position). Failure
to position the control head in the SET position PISTON
will result in accidental discharge and possible
personal injury when the control head is
installed on the driver valve. 2.19"
(55.6 mm) SWIVEL NUT
1. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cyl-
inder actuation port. Ensure the control head is in SET
position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted
or SET position).
2. Install the electric control head on the cylinder actua- SET
OPERATED 1.250-18
tion port. Tighten the swivel nut. UNEF-3B
3. Make all electrical connections (see Figure 4-25).
1.50" HEX
Note: For control head 81-100000-001, refer to (38 mm)
Figure 3-17.
0.750 NPT TO FLEXIBLE Figure 4-26. Pressure Operated Control Head
CONDUIT ADAPTER
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT 2. Install a pressure operated control head with flexible
actuation hose attached to the cylinder actuation port.
OPTIONAL CONNECTION
FOR MICROSWITCH ! WARNING
PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION (TERMINAL 2)
(TERMINAL 3) Ensure that the pilot line is not pressurized and
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND CONNECTION the actuating pins are in the retracted (SET)
(TERMINAL 1)
TERMINAL STRAP
position. Failure to follow this procedure will
MICROSWITCH
3 2
cause the driver cylinder to discharge
accidentally when the control head is installed
MICROSWITCH
LEVER on the valve. Personal injury could occur.
SWIVEL
INDICATOR AND NUT
RESET STEM CAM

Figure 4-25. Electrical Connections for Control Head

(P/Ns 890181, 890149 and 890165)

February 2004 4-29 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

4-3.13 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated
Control Heads (P/Ns 895627, 895628
and 897494)
The following procedures must be performed before attach-
ing a control head to a cylinder valve (see Figure 4-27).
1. Remove the four screws holding the cable housing
cover on the control head. Remove the cover.
2. Position the control head in the approximately installed
position at the nitrogen driver cylinder valve control port
but do not assemble onto the actuation port of the ni-
trogen driver cylinder valve.
3. Check that the control head is in the SET position.
4. Assemble the pull cable conduit to the conduit connec-
tion on the control head.
5. Feed the cable into the control head through the hole
in the operating lever.
6. Feed the cable through the cable clamp. Pull the cable
taut, allowing approximately 1/4-inch to 1/2-inch clear-
ance between the cable clamp and the operating lever.
Tighten the set screws in the cable clamp to secure
the cable to the clamp.
7. Cut off any excess cable.
8. Verify the manual remote cable operation to ensure con-
trol head actuates and all cable clamps are tight.
9. Pull the cable back to its normal set (non-operated)
position.
10. Reset the control head.
11. Replace the control head cover.
DIRECTION
14. Assemble the control head to the nitrogen driver cylin-
der valve actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut securely.
! CAUTION
If local means of operation is used to actuate
the directional valves, consideration must be
given to the number of personnel necessary to
locally operate the directional valves and
cylinders in an emergency situation.
4-3.14 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head
(P/N 979469)
The following procedures must be performed before attach-
ing the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
1. Remove the protection cap from the actuation port on
the nitrogen cylinder valve.
2. Remove the cover from the control head and take
out the wheel assembly, cable pipe locknut and clo-
sure disc.
3. Make sure the plunger is below the surface of the
control head body. Position the control head at the
valve control port with the arrow pointing in the di-
rection of pull.
4. Assemble the cable pipe locknut to the cable pipe and
place the cable pipe in the control head body.
5. Slide the wheel assembly on the control cable to the
SET position. Tighten the set screws securely. Make
sure the wheel assembly is at the start of the stroke.
6. Cut off any excess control cable close to the
wheel assembly.

7. Insert the closure disc and replace the cover on the

OF PULL

1/16 CABLE

control head. The control head is now armed.

1/2" E.M.T. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

3/4 NPT BY FLEXIBLE ! CAUTION

PLUS OR HOT
CONNECTION CONDUIT CONNECTOR
To ensure the manual lever does not snag or
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND trap the cable, make sure the local manual
THREAD CABLE CONNECTION release lever is in the SET position with the
THRU HOLE IN
OPERATING LEVER TERMINAL STRIP locking pin and seal wire installed before
POSITION CABLE
assembling the control head cover to the body.
OPTIONAL CONNECTION
BLOCK APPROXIMATELY
AS SHOWN LEAVING
FOR MICROSWITCH
8. Assemble control head to nitrogen valve actuation port.
1/4 - 1/2 GAP
Tighten swivel nut securely.
MICROSWITCH

SWIVEL NUT ! WARNING

INDICATOR AND
MICROSWITCH
RESET STEM
LEVER The cable operated control head (P/N 979469)
CAM must not be used with the stackable pressure
operated control head (P/N 878750). Installing
VIEW WITH COVER AND
NAMEPLATE REMOVED
the cable operated control head on the
actuation port of the stackable pressure
Figure 4-27. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head operated control head will cause the device
to malfunction.
12. Examine the seal wire at the safety pull pin. Make sure
it is intact.
13. Make all electrical connections.

90=FM200M-030 4-30 February 2004


! CAUTION
If local means of operation is used to actuate
the directional valves, consideration must be
given to the number of personnel necessary to
locally operate the directional valves and
cylinders in an emergency situation.
4-3.15 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head
(P/N 870652)
1. Ensure the control head is in the SET position with the
safety pull pin and seal wire intact.
2. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cyl-
inder valve actuation port.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the control head to
the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port. Tighten
the swivel nut securely.
4-3.16 Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N
877940) and Mounting Bracket (P/N 877845)
1. Locate the nitrogen cylinder mounting bracket in an area
where the nitrogen driver cylinder valve assembly and
control head will be protected from inclement weather
by a suitable total or partial enclosure, preferably adja-
cent to the Kidde ADS(s).
2. Install the mounting bracket clamps and hardware.
Install the nitrogen pilot cylinder in position in a
mounting bracket; tighten sufficiently to hold the cyl-
inder in place while allowing the cylinder enough free
play to be rotated.
3. Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge out-
let is in the desired position. The nitrogen cylinder must
be positioned so that control head is readily accessible
during manual operation.
4. Securely tighten the mounting bracket clamps
and hardware.
5. Attach the adapter (P/N 6992-0501) and connect the
nitrogen pilot lines.
6. Remove the protective cap from the nitrogen driver
valve actuation port.
7. Install the control head to the cylinder valve actuation
port and tighten securely.
! WARNING
Ensure the control head is in the SET position
(that is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted
or SET position) before attaching it to the
cylinder valve. If the control head is not in the
SET position, the cylinder will discharge
accidentally. Personal injury could occur.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
! CAUTION
If local means of operation is used to actuate
the directional valves, consideration must be
given to the number of personnel necessary to
locally operate the directional valves and
cylinders in an emergency situation.
4-3.17 Installation of Pressure Switch (P/N 486536)
Pressure switches must be connected to the discharge mani-
fold or piping in an upright position as shown on the system
drawings. Both the standard and explosion-proof switches
have 1/2-inch NPT pressure inlets to connect to the system
piping. The electrical connections are either 1/2-inch conduit
knockouts for the standard pressure switch and 1-inch NPT
fittings for the explosion-proof pressure switch.
! WARNING
To prevent personal injury, de-energize all
electrical components before installing the
pressure switch.
4-3.18 Installation of Pressure Trip (P/N 874290)
Install the pressure trip on the discharge manifold or piping
in the horizontal position as shown on the system draw-
ings. Connect the trip to the piping with 1/2-inch Schedule
40 pipe. The minimum operating pressure required is
75 PSIG (5 bar gauge). The maximum allowable load to be
attached to the retaining ring is 100 lb. (45 kg).
4-3.19 Installation of Manual Pull Station
(P/N 871403)
1. Locate the remote pull boxes as shown on the system
installation drawings (per NFPA Section 2-3.3.7).
2. Connect the pull boxes to the control heads using
3/8-inch, Schedule 40 pipe or 1/2" EMT, depending
on application. Do not run more than one cable in
each pipe run.
3. Install a corner pulley at each change in pipe direction.
Do not bend the pipe. A dual-pull equalizer (P/N 840051)
should be installed where one pull box operates two
controls. A dual-pull mechanism (P/N 840058) should
be installed where two pull boxes operate one control.
4. Beginning at the pull boxes, remove the covers of
the first corner pulley. Feed the cable through the
pulley into the 3/8-inch pipe. Connect one end of the
cable to the cable fastener in the pull box, allowing
the short end to project at least 1/2-inch. Seat the
cable in the groove by pulling on the long end. Screw
the fastener and cable into the handle. Route the
other end to the control heads, taking up as much
slack as possible. Attach the end of the cable to the
fastener in the control head.
5. Reattach the corner pulley covers.
6. Check that control head is in SET position. Install the
control head to the nitrogen cylinder valve.
4-31 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
4-3.20 Installation of Discharge Indicator
(P/N 875553)
The discharge indicator must be installed on the discharge
manifold, either in a vertical or horizontal position. The indi-
cator has a 3/4-inch NPT male connection. Make certain
the indicator stem is in the normal position.
4-3.21 Post-Installation Checkout
After the ADS installation has been completed, perform the
following inspections and tests.
1. Verify that the cylinders of correct weight and pressure
are installed in accordance with installation drawings.
2. Verify that the cylinder brackets and straps are prop-
erly installed and all fittings are tight.
3. The piping distribution system must be inspected for
compliance with the system drawings, NFPA 2001, de-
sign limitations within this manual and the computer-
ized hydraulic calculations associated with each
independent piping and nozzle configuration.
4. Check that the discharge manifold, discharge piping
and actuation piping are securely hung. Ensure all fit-
tings are tight and securely fastened to prevent agent
leakage and hazardous movement during discharge.
The means of pipe size reduction and installation posi-
tion of the tees must be checked for conformance to
the design requirements.
5. The piping distribution system must be cleaned, blown
free of foreign material and inspected internally to en-
sure that oil or particulate matter will not soil the haz-
ard area or reduce the nozzle orifice area and affect
agent distribution.
6. System piping should be pressure tested in accordance
with the requirements of NFPA 2001.
7. Ensure that the check valves are installed in the proper
location as indicated on the installation drawings and
that the equipment is installed with the arrow pointing
in the direction of flow.
8. Verify the nozzles are installed in the correct loca-
tions and have the correct part numbers and orifice
sizes as indicated on installation drawings. Discharge
nozzles must be oriented such that optimum agent
dispersal can be achieved. Check the nozzle orifices
for any obstructions.
9. The discharge nozzles, piping and mounting brackets
must be installed such that they will not cause injury to
personnel. The agent must not be discharged at head
height or below where people in a normal work area
could be injured by the discharge. The agent must not
directly impinge on any loose objects or shelves, cabi-
net tops or similar surfaces where loose objects could
be propelled by the discharge.
10. For systems with a main/reserve capability, the MAIN/
RESERVE switch must be clearly identified and prop-
erly installed where it is readily accessible.
90=FM200M-030
11. Manual pull stations must also be clearly identified and
properly installed where they are readily accessible. All
manual stations that activate FM-200 systems should
be properly identified as to their purpose. Particular care
should be taken where manual pull stations for more
than one system are in close proximity and could be
confused and the wrong system actuated. In this case,
manual stations should be clearly identified as to which
hazard area they affect.
12. For systems using directional valves, it is recommended
that each valve is clearly labelled, indicating the haz-
ard to which it is protecting. In addition, all directional
valves should have the internal flow position verified
prior to system approval.
13. Warning and instruction signs at protected area en-
trances, as well as inside, shall be provided per NFPA
2001, Edition 2000, Section 2.3.5.5.
14. Perform the electric control head test outlined in
Paragraph 5-4.3.2 on all cylinders equipped with elec-
tric control heads
15. Perform the pressure switch test outlined in Paragraph
5-4.3.1 for all pressure switches installed.
16. All acceptance testing shall be in accordance with
NFPA 2001, current edition.
! WARNING
To ensure that all control solenoids and relays
are in the correct position after installing,
testing or servicing a system, the following
procedure must be followed immediately before
placing a system into service:
1. All control head solenoids must be removed
from the cylinders.
2. All panels should be de-energized completely,
including battery power.
3. The panels must then be re-energized. Normal
condition on the panels must be verified.
4. Reinstall the solenoids on the cylinders.
Failure to adhere to this sequence may result in
equipment malfunction when the suppression
system is notified to activate.
4-32 February 2004
 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

CHAPTER 5
MAINTENANCE

Table 5-1. Preventive Maintenance Schedule

5-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains maintenance instructions for the S ch ed u le R eq u iremen t P arag rap h
Kidde FM-200 ADS. These procedures must be performed Weekly Check nitrogen cylinder pressures 5-4.1
regularly in accordance with regulations. If problems arise,
corrective action must be taken. Inspect hazard area system
components
Mo n th ly 5-4.2

5-2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES Check FM-200 cylinder weights

Test pressure switches

! WARNING S emi-An n u ally 5-4.3
Test electric control heads
FM-200 and nitrogen cylinder valve assemblies
must be handled, installed, inspected and E very 2 Years Blow out distribution piping 5-4.4
serviced only by qualified and trained personnel
FM-200 and nitrogen cylinder and 5-5, 6-5.1
in accordance with the instructions contained
E very 5 Years flexible hose hydrostatic pressure test and
in this manual and Compressed Gas and/or inspection 6-4.1
Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6, and P-
1. CGA pamphlets may be obtained from
Compressed Gas Association, Crystal Square 5-4 INSPECTION PROCEDURES
Two, 1725 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, 5-4.1 Weekly
VA 22202-4102.
5-4.1.1 CHECK NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER
Before performing maintenance procedures, PRESSURE
refer to the material safety data sheets and
safety bulletins in the appendix of this manual. Check the nitrogen driver cylinder pressure gauge for
proper operating pressure (see Table 3-5). If the pres-
5-2.1 General sure gauge indicates a pressure loss (adjusted for tem-
A regular program of systematic maintenance must be es- perature) of more than 10%, it shall be refilled. Remove
tablished for continuous, proper operation of each FM-200 and recharge the cylinder with nitrogen to 1800 PSIG @
ADS. A periodic maintenance schedule must be followed 70F (124 bar gauge @ 21C).
and an inspection log maintained for ready reference. As a 5-4.2 Monthly
minimum, the log must record:
5-4.2.1 GENERAL INSPECTION
Inspection interval,
Make a general inspection of all cylinders and equipment
Inspection procedure performed, for damaged or missing parts. If the equipment requires
Maintenance performed, if any, as a result of replacement or cleaning, refer to Paragraph 5-6.
inspection, and 5-4.2.2 HAZARD ACCESS
Name of inspector performing task. Ensure access to hazard areas, manual pull stations, dis-
If inspection indicates areas of rust or corrosion are present, charge nozzles and cylinders are unobstructed and that
immediately clean and repaint the area. Perform cylinder there are no obstructions to the operation of the equipment
hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with Paragraphs or distribution of FM-200 agent.
6-3, 6-4 and 6-5 of this manual. 5-4.2.3 INSPECT HOSES
Inspect the 3/16-inch flexible actuation hoses for loose fit-
tings, damaged threads, cracks, distortion, cuts, dirt and
5-3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings, replace hoses hav-
Perform preventive maintenance per Table 5-1. ing stripped threads or other damage. If necessary, clean
parts as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1. Inspect adapters, cou-
plings and tees at the FM-200 cylinder for tightness. Tighten
couplings if necessary. Replace damaged parts.

February 2004 5-1 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
5-4.2.4 INSPECT PRESSURE CONTROL HEADS
Inspect nitrogen driver cylinder pressure operated control
heads for physical damage, deterioration, corrosion, dis-
tortion, cracks, dirt and loose couplings. Tighten loose cou-
plings. Replace the control head if damage is found. If
necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.5 INSPECT ELECTRIC CONTROL HEADS
Inspect nitrogen driver cylinder electric control heads for
physical damage, corrosion or dirt. Check the control heads
flexible electrical line for wear and damage. Check the con-
trol head for loose coupling. If necessary, tighten coupling.
Check that the indicator is in the SET position, the pull pin
is installed in the manual lever, and the seal wire is intact.
Replace the control head if damage is found. If necessary,
clean as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.6 INSPECT CYLINDER AND
VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR BOTH THE
AGENT CYLINDER AND
NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER
Inspect the FM-200 cylinder and valve assembly for leak-
age, physical damage such as cracks, dents, distortion and
worn parts. Check the safety disc for damage. Replace dam-
aged safety disc per Paragraph 6-2.2.3. If damaged parts
are found on the FM-200 cylinder or cylinder valve, replace
as required. If necessary, clean the cylinder and associ-
ated parts as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
Inspect the nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly for
leakage, physical damage such as cracks, dents, distor-
tion and worn parts. Check the safety disc and pressure
gauges for damage. Replace damaged gauges or safety
disc per Paragraph 6-2.2.3. If the gauge pressure is not
normal (1800 PSIG @ 70F [124 bar gauge @ 21C]), re-
move and recharge the cylinder as described in Paragraph
6-3 and 6-4. If damaged, parts are found on the nitrogen
driver cylinder and valve assembly, replace as required.
5-4.2.7 INSPECT BRACKETS, STRAPS, CRADLES
AND MOUNTING HARDWARE
Inspect the FM-200 and nitrogen driver cylinder brackets,
straps, cradles and mounting hardware for loose, damaged
or broken parts. Check the cylinder brackets, straps and
associated parts for corrosion, oil, grease, grime, etc.
Tighten loose hardware. Replace damaged parts. If nec-
essary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.8 INSPECT DISCHARGE HOSES
Inspect flexible discharge hoses and transfer hoses for
loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks, rust, kinks, distor-
tion, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings and
replace hoses with stripped threads. If necessary, clean as
directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
90-FM200M-030
5-4.2.9 INSPECT ACTUATION LINE
Inspect the nitrogen actuation assembly line (if used) and
support brackets for continuity, physical damage, loose fit-
tings, distortion, cracks or cuts. Tighten loose fittings. Re-
place damaged parts. If necessary, clean as directed in
Paragraph 5-6.1.
Note: If discharge or actuation hoses are found to be
damaged or of questionable integrity, test hoses
per NFPA 2001, Edition 2000, Section. 4-3.2. Re-
place hose(s) if required.
5-4.2.10 INSPECT DISCHARGE NOZZLES
Inspect discharge nozzles for dirt and physical damage.
Replace damaged nozzles. If nozzles are dirty or clogged,
refer to Paragraph 5-6.1.
! CAUTION
Nozzles must never be painted. A part number
is located on each nozzle. Nozzles must be
replaced by nozzles of the same part number.
Nozzles must never be interchanged; random
interchanging of nozzles could adversely effect
proper FM-200 distribution and concentration
within a hazard area.
5-4.2.11 INSPECT PULL STATIONS
Inspect all manual pull stations for cracks, broken or cracked
glass plate, dirt or distortion. Inspect pull stations for signs
of physical damage. Replace damaged glass. Replace the
station if other damage is found. If necessary, clean as di-
rected in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.12 INSPECT PRESSURE SWITCHES
Inspect pressure switches for deformations, cracks, dirt or
other damage. Replace the switch if damaged. If neces-
sary, clean the switch as directed in Paragraph 5-6.1.
5-4.2.13 CYLINDERS NOT EQUIPPED WITH
FLEXIBLE TAPE LIQUID LEVEL
INDICATOR
Weigh the 225, 395, 675 and 1010 lb. FM-200 cylinders
as follows:
! WARNING
Install protection cap on FM-200 cylinder valve
actuation port and safety cap on cylinder valve
outlet port.
Disconnect system actuation assembly,
discharge hoses and flexible pilot hoses to
prevent accidental system discharge and
possible personal injury.
1. Remove cylinder(s) as instructed in Paragraph 5-7.
2. Place the cylinder on a scale.
5-2 February 2004
 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

3. Record the weight and date on the record card and CAP

attach it to the FM-200 cylinder. The gross weight and

tare (empty) weight are metal stamped on the FM-200 GRADUATED TAPE
P/N 283894 - SHOWN
cylinder valve label. Therefore, subtract tare weight from IN MAGNETIC INTERLOCK
READING TAKEN AT TOP
the gross weight to determine net weight of original EDGE OF FITTING
POSITION READY TO TAKE
READING
charge. Then, subtract tare weight from scale reading O-RING
to determine net weight of the FM-200 agent remain-
ing in the FM-200 cylinder. If the recorded agent net BRASS TUBE
weight is less than 95% of original charge net weight, TAPE INSIDE
BRASS TUBE FM-200
replace the cylinder with a fully charged FM-200 cylin- CYLINDER
der (refer to Paragraph 5-7).
FM-200
4. If the cylinder weight meets requirements, reinstall the LIQUID LEVEL MAGNETIC END OF
TAPE ENGAGES
cylinder (see Paragraph 5-8). IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
5-4.2.14 CYLINDERS EQUIPPED WITH FLEXIBLE TAPE IS PULLED
TAPE LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR UP TO TAKE READING.

Determine the FM-200 weight of the agent cylinders MAGNET EMBEDDED

equipped with flexible tape liquid level indicator using the
following procedure. This procedure can be performed with-
out removing the FM-200 cylinders from the system.
1. Remove the protective cap to expose the tape.
2. Raise the flexible tape slowly until it latches.
3. Note the reading at the point where the tape emerges
from the fitting. Take care not to pull the flexible tape
upwards after it latches.
4. To determine the final, more precise reading, raise
the tape again. Approximately two inches before the
tape is expected to latch, raise the tape very slowly
until it latches.
5. While supporting the weight of the tape, record the liq-
uid level measurement.
6. Check the ambient temperature where the FM-200 cyl-
inders are stored and record the temperature.
7. Refer to the appropriate calibration charts (Figures 5-2
through 5-4) and locate the level reading on the flex-
ible tape scale. Trace horizontally to the right to the
appropriate temperature plot. Read the weight of
FM-200 from the scale at the bottom of the chart.
Record the weight and date on the record tag attached
to the cylinder.
8. After the reading is taken, carefully push the tape down
into the liquid level housing. Replace the protective cap.
Note: If the weight measured using the liquid level indi-
cator indicates the cylinder should be recharged, it
is recommended that the cylinder first be removed
from service and the weight loss verified using a
weigh scale before recharging.
All FM-200 cylinders must be filled or recharged by weight
using a platform scale or equivalent. If weight loss is more
than 5% per year of the FM-200 charge, the unit must
be recharged.
IN FLOAT
FLOAT - FLOATS ON SURFACE
OF LIQUID FM-200
FREE TO MOVE UP OR DOWN
OUTSIDE OF BRASS TUBE
RETAINER - FLOAT RESTS
HERE WHEN CYLINER
IS EMPTY
Figure 5-1. Liquid Level Indicator
5-4.3 Inspection Procedures, Semi-Annual
5-4.3.1 PRESSURE SWITCH TEST
Perform the pressure switch test as follows:
1. Contact the appropriate personnel and obtain authori-
zation for shutdown of equipment in hazard.
2. Ensure the hazard area operations controlled by pres-
sure switch are operative.
3. Manually operate the switch by pulling up on the plunger
and verify that hazard area operations controlled by
pressure switch shut down.
4. Return the pressure switch to the SET position.
5. Reactivate all systems shut down by pressure switch
(power and ventilation systems, compressors, etc.).
5-4.3.2 ELECTRIC CONTROL HEAD TEST
Electric control heads must be tested semi-annually for
proper operation. This test can be performed without dis-
charging the nitrogen pilot or driver cylinder. Test one haz-
ard area at a time before proceeding to the next, as follows:
! WARNING
All control heads must be removed from the
nitrogen driver cylinders and nitrogen pilot
cylinders before testing to prevent accidental
cylinder discharge and possible death, personal
injury and/or property damage.

February 2004 5-3 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

225 lb. Liquid Level Calibration Chart

P/N 90-1000221-001

35 130F (54C)
34
33 100F (38C)
32
31
30 70F (21C)
29
28 30F (-1C)
Flexible Tape Reading (in.)

27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
115 125 135 145 155 165 175 185 195 205 215 225
FM-200 Fill (lb.)

Figure 5-2. Calibration Chart, 225 lb. Cylinder

395 lb. Liquid Level Calibration Chart

P/N 90-100391-001
35 130F (54C)
34
33
32 100F (38C)
31
30
29 70F (21C)
28
27
26
30F (-1C)
25
Flexible Tape Reading (in.)

24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390
FM-200 Fill (lb.)

Figure 5-3. Calibration Chart, 395 lb. Cylinder

90-FM200M-030 5-4 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

675 lb. Calibration Chart

P/N 90-100671-001
40

35 130F (54C)

30 70F (21C)
30F (-1C)
Flexibe Tape Reading (inches)

25

20

15

10

0
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
FM-200 Weight (lb.)

Figure 5-4. Calibration Chart, 675 lb. Cylinder

1010 lb. Calibration Chart

P/N 90-101011-001
45

40 130F (54C)

35
70F (21C)
30F (-1C)
30
Flexible tape Reading (inches)

25

20

15

10

0
500 600 700 800 900 1000
FM-200 Weight (lb.)

Figure 5-5. Calibration Chart, 1010 lb. Cylinder

February 2004 5-5 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
1. Remove all electric control heads from all cylinders and
nitrogen pilot cylinders serving the hazard area being
tested. Let the electric control heads hang freely from
the flexible electric conduit connections. Leave all pres-
sure operated control heads and pilot actuation hoses
attached to the cylinders.
2. Operate the system electrically. This can be done by
actuating the system at the system control panel or from
an electric pull station.
3. Ensure all electric control heads have operated, (that
is, the indicator on the electric control head has moved
to the RELEASED position). If any control heads have
not operated, check the circuit for electric continuity to
these particular heads and repeat the test. Replace all
damaged heads. Repeat the test if any control heads
have been replaced.
! CAUTION
Electric control heads must be reset manually
before reconnecting to the cylinder valves.
4. Observe the instructions on the caution label attached
to each electric control head. Replace any damaged
heads which fail to reset properly before reconnecting
to the cylinder. Reattach all electric control heads to
threaded port on cylinder valve or pressure operated
control head. Tighten the swivel nut securely. Make
certain each electric control head is in the SET posi-
tion before reconnecting to the cylinders. Failure to fol-
low this procedure will result in accidental discharge.
5-4.4 Inspection Procedures2 Year
! WARNING
Do not use water or oxygen to blow out pipe
lines. Using oxygen is especially dangerous
since even a minute amount of oil may cause
an explosion.
1. Remove any nozzles from piping to allow any foreign
matter to blow clear.
2. Remove all pressure operated control heads
from cylinders.
! WARNING
Do not disconnect pressure operated control
head from flexible hose. Accidental discharge
of system will cause flexible hose without
control head attached to whip around, resulting
in possible equipment damage and severe
bodily injury to personnel.
3. Open the control valves and keep them open long
enough to ensure the pipes are clean.
4. Blow out all distribution piping with air or nitrogen to
ensure that it is not obstructed.
5. Reinstall the nozzles in their original locations.
6. Reconnect all control heads.
90-FM200M-030
5-5 INSPECTION AND RETEST
PROCEDURES FOR FM-200 CYLINDERS
A cylinder that is damaged or corroded should be emptied,
retested and restamped in accordance with DOT CFR
Title 49, Section 173.34 (see Paragraph 5-5.3).
Note: These guidelines do not apply to cylinders contain-
ing a commodity other than FM-200.
All Kidde FM-200 cylinders are designed, fabricated, and
factory tested in compliance with DOT CFR 3AA as stamped
on each cylinder.
Two sets of regulations will apply to periodic inspection and
test procedures depending on the following:
5-5.1 Cylinders Continuously in Service
Without Discharge
These cylinders are governed by NFPA 2001 regulations.
Cylinders in continuous service without discharge require
a complete external visual inspection every five years in
accordance with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet
C-6, Section 3, except that the cylinders need not be emp-
tied or stamped while under pressure. Record date of in-
spection on record tag attached to each cylinder. Where
the visual inspection shows damage or corrosion, the cyl-
inder shall be emptied, retested and restamped in accor-
dance with DOT CFR Title 49, Section 173.34.
5-5.2 Discharged Cylinders or Charged Cylinders
That are Transported
These cylinders may come under NFPA 2001 requirements,
or, in the case of shipment of charged cylinders, DOT, fed-
eral or state regulations may apply. In either case, the cyl-
inders shall not be charged and shipped if more than five
years have elapsed from the date of the last test date
stamped on the cylinder. The cylinders shall be retested
and restamped in accordance with DOT CFR (Code of Fed-
eral Regulation) Title 49, Section 173.34.
5-5.3 Retest
DOT 3AA cylinders used exclusively in FM-200 service that
are commercially free from corroding components are re-
quired to be hydrostatically retested and restamped every
five years, in accordance with DOT CFR Title 49, Para-
graph 173.34(e) prior to recharge and shipment. An alter-
nate option is an external visual inspection performed in
lieu of the hydrostatic test at the time the periodic retest
becomes due (in accordance with CFR 49, Paragraph
173.34[e] [13]). Therefore, the retest can be performed by
either of the following methods:
5-6 February 2004
 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 5-2. Retest Schedule

5-7 REMOVING AN FM-200 CYLINDER AND
First NITROGEN DRIVER
Subsequent
Retest Method Retest Special Marking
Due
Retest Due Remove an FM-200 cylinder as follows:

! WARNING
Full hydrostatic test
Retest Date
including determination 5 years 5 years
Month/Year
of cylinder expansion Do not disconnect the flexible discharge hose or
External visual valve outlet adapter prior to removing pressure
inspection per
Retest Date and electric control heads from the nitrogen driver
Paragraph 173.34(e) 5 years 5 years
(13) and CGA Pamphlet
Followed by "E" cylinders. Before replacing an ADS cylinder in a
C-6, Section 3 hazard area group, ensure the pilot line is
completely vented of all pressure.

5-5.4 Flexible Hoses 5-7.1 Single Cylinder System

In accordance with NFPA 2001, all system hoses shall be
examined annually for damage. If visual examination shows
any deficiency, the hose shall be replaced or tested.
5-6 SERVICE
5-6.1 Cleaning
Remove dirt from metallic parts using a lint-free cloth
moistened with dry cleaning solvent. Dry parts with a
clean, dry, lint-free cloth or air blow dry. Wipe non-metal-
lic parts with clean, dry, lint-free cloth. Remove corro-
sion with crocus cloth.
Note: If the system utilizes directional valves, verify that
the mufflers and the bleed vent hole at the end of
the solenoid are not clogged. Air blow as required
to allow for proper venting.
5-6.2 Nozzle Service
Service nozzles after use as follows:
1. Clean the outside of the nozzles with a rag or soft brush.
2. Examine the discharge orifices for damage or blockage.
If the nozzles appear to be obstructed, unscrew the
nozzles and clean by immersing them in cleaning sol-
vent. Dry thoroughly with lint-free cloth. Replace damaged
nozzles. Nozzles must be replaced with the same part
number in the same location. See Paragraph
4-2.3.5 for the correct nozzle placement and orientation.
5-6.3 Repairs
Replace all damaged parts found during inspection. Re-
placement procedures for ADS cylinders are provided be-
low. Since replacement for other system components are
similar, refer to installation drawings and ADS system as-
sembly drawings for guidance.
ADS cylinders must be refilled or replaced when a cylinder
indicates a loss in weight in excess of 5% of the original
charged net weight, or immediately after discharge.
1. Disconnect the swivel nut on the control head from the
cylinder valve actuation port. Remove the control head
from the driver cylinder.
2. Install a protection cap on the nitrogen driver cylinder
valve actuation port.
3. Disconnect the grooved nut discharge head and
transfer hose from the nitrogen hose from the nitro-
gen driver cylinder.
4. Remove the valve outlet adapter, or loosen the swivel nut
and remove the flexible discharge hose from the discharge
outlet port adapter from the FM-200 cylinder.
5. Immediately install a safety cap on the cylinder valve
outlet port.
6. Remove the cylinder strap. Remove the FM-200 cylin-
der from the bracket. Weigh the cylinder using a plat-
form scale, if applicable.
5-7.2 Multiple Cylinder System
1. Remove all control head and discharge heads from
the nitrogen driver cylinders. Immediately install the
protection caps.
2. Disconnect the swivel nut on the pressure operated
control heads from the FM-200 cylinder valve actua-
tion ports. Leave the flexible actuation hose or tubing
attached to the pressure operated control heads.
3. Immediately install the protection cap on the FM-200
cylinder valve actuation port and the nitrogen driver
actuation ports.
4. Loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible dis-
charge hose from the discharge outlet port of the
FM-200 cylinders.
! WARNING
To prevent possible injury to personnel, all
cylinders must have safety caps installed
immediately in outlet ports when the discharge
hoses or valve adapter is disconnected.

February 2004 5-7 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

5. Immediately install the safety cap on the FM-200 cylin- 2. Remove the safety caps from the FM-200 cylinder valve
der valve outlet port. outlet ports.
6. Remove attaching hardware or cylinder straps. Remove 3. Immediately reconnect flexible discharge hoses or valve
the cylinders from there bracket. Weigh the cylinders outlet adapters to the cylinder valve outlet ports. Con-
using a platform scale, if applicable. nect all FM-200 cylinders to system piping.
4. Remove the protection caps from all FM-200 cylinder
5-8 INSTALLING AN FM-200 CYLINDER actuation ports and connect the pressure operated con-
trol heads to the top of all the FM-200 cylinder valves.
Install FM-200 cylinders as follows:
5-8.1 Single Cylinder System ! WARNING
1. Position the ADS cylinders in the designated location. Control heads must be in SET position before
Secure in place with cylinder straps or wall brackets attaching to cylinder valve. Control head in
and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinder with the released position will cause discharge of
valve outlet angled toward the cylinder discharge pip- FM-200 cylinder when installed on cylinder valve.
ing (refer to installation drawings). 5. Install all pressure operated control heads with flexible
actuation hoses or tubing on the FM-200 cylinder valve
! CAUTION actuation ports. Tighten the swivel nuts.
Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must 6. Connect all associated actuation hoses, transfer fittings,
be connected into system piping (union orifice fittings and transfer hoses.
connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.
7. Connect the discharge heads to the transfer hoses.
2. Remove the safety cap from the FM-200 cylinder valve
8. Reinstall all pressure operated control heads with flex-
outlet port.
ible actuation hoses or tubing on all the nitrogen driver
3. Immediately reconnect the valve outlet adapter or flex- cylinders (refer to Paragraph 4-2.5.5 for the 225 and
ible discharge hose to the FM-200 cylinder outlet port 395 lb. cylinders; refer to Paragraph 4-2.6.5 for the 675
and connect to system piping. and 1010 lb. cylinders).
4. Remove the protection cap from the FM-200 cylinder 9. Connect the discharge heads to the nitrogen
actuation port. driver cylinders.
! WARNING 10. Connect the control head to the actuation port of the
master nitrogen driver cylinder.
Control head must be in set position
(actuating pin is in the fully retracted or set
position) before attaching to cylinder valve
to prevent accidental discharge. Observe that
the actuating pin has moved to its fully
retracted position.
5. Install the pressure operated control head to the top of
the FM-200 cylinder valve.
6. Connect associated actuation hoses, transfer fittings,
orifice fitting and transfer hose.
7. Connect transfer hose to discharge head.
8. Attach discharge head to nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
9. Install control head to nitrogen driver.
5-8.2 Multiple Cylinder System
1. Position the FM-200 cylinders in designated location.
Secure in place with cylinder straps or wall brackets
and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinders with the
valve outlets angled towards the cylinder discharge pip-
ing. (Refer to system installation drawings.)

! CAUTION
Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must
be connected into system piping (union
connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.

90-FM200M-030 5-8 February 2004


CHAPTER 6
POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
6-1 INTRODUCTION
Follow these procedures after the system has been acti-
vated and FM-200 has been discharged.
6-2 POST-FIRE MAINTENANCE
6-2.1 FM-200 Valve Inspection and Service
Because FM-200 tends to dissolve and wash out lubricant,
certain components in the FM-200 valve assembly will need
to be inspected and serviced before recharging the cylin-
der/valve assembly. Part numbers for items which may re-
quire replacement are listed in Table 6-1.
Inspect and service the FM-200 valve as follows:
6-2.1.1 FM-200 DISCHARGE VALVE DISASSEMBLY
(2" VALVE)
! CAUTION
Before removing the valve, make certain all
pressure has been relieved from the cylinder.
To relieve any remaining pressure, depress the
pressure switch Schraeder valve until all
pressure is relieved.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from
the cylinder.
2. Remove the o-ring (Item 4 in Figure 6-1) and examine
it for cuts and nicks; replace if necessary. Before rein-
stalling the o-ring, apply lubricant (see Table 6-2 for
lubricant references).
3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of the FM-200
valve from the top of the assembly. However, if there
is excessive piston o-ring friction, the siphon tube
may have to be removed and the piston assembly
pushed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the o-rings (Item 1) and (Item 2) and examine
for them for cuts and nicks; replace if necessary. Ex-
amine the o-ring grooves for foreign matter. Before re-
installing the o-rings, apply lubricant.
5. Examine the exposed surface of o-ring sealing surface
for nicks and cuts. Also, ensure that the o-ring protrudes
a minimum of 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical
seating surface of the piston assembly. Replace this o-
ring if necessary by removing the seat retainer. Before
reassembly, apply lubricant to the o-ring.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
6. Examine the valve core pin (Item 5) for any evidence
of bending or other damage. Depress the pin and make
certain it snaps back freely. Replace the valve core if
necessary using a standard Schraeder core wrench.
When reinstalling a new Schraeder core element,
torque to 1 to 3 in. lb. (169 to 339 mN-m).
! CAUTION
After reinstalling a Schraeder core, the distance
from the top of the core pin to the control head
seating surface must be between 0.515 to
0.565 inch (13 mm to 14 mm) when in the shut
or non-actuated position. See Figure 6-1.
6-2.1.2 FM-200 DISCHARGE VALVE ASSEMBLY
(2" VALVE)
1. Install the o-ring (Item 2 in Figure 6-1) in the piston groove.
! CAUTION
Make certain that the Teflon backup ring is
below this o-ring as shown in Figure 6-2.
2. Press the piston back into the valve body.
3. Install the spring.
4. Install the o-ring (Item 1) onto the groove in the valve
cap. Screw the cap onto the valve body and torque to
250 in. lb. (28 N-m).
5. If you had to remove the siphon tube for valve
disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube threads to
remove the old Loctite residue (see Table 6-2 for
Loctite references).
6. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads
and allow three to five minutes to dry (see Table 6-2 for
Loctite references).
7. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and rein-
stall the siphon tube.
8. Install the o-ring onto the valve neck groove, screw the
valve and siphon tube onto the cylinder, and torque to
50 to 55 ft. lb. (68 to 75 N-m).
6-1 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

GAGING DIMENSIONS 6-2.1.3 FM-200 DISCHARGE VALVE

0.515/0.565 VALVE CORE DISASSEMBLY (3" VALVE)
VALVE CAP
O-RING CAP SPRING Note: Refer to Figure 6-3 for items.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
O-RING, PISTON,
SAFETY BACK-UP RING 2. Remove the o-ring and examine it for cuts and nicks;
CAP (See enlarged view replace if necessary. Before reinstalling the o-ring,
in Figure 6-2.)
apply lubricant.
PISTON
O-RING SEAT 3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
SEAT RETAINER
Note: Remove all internal components of the FM-200
valve from the top of the assembly. However, if
O-RING, NECK
there is excessive piston o-ring friction, the siphon
tube may have to be removed and the piston as-
SIPHON TUBE
sembly pressed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the o-rings and examine them for cuts and
Figure 6-1. Valve Assembly nicks; replace if necessary. Examine the o-ring
Table 6-1. Valve Components grooves for foreign matter. Before reinstalling the
o-rings, apply lubricant.
Figure 225 to 395 lb. 5. Examine the exposed surface of o-ring for nicks and
Description
Item No. Cylinders cuts. Also, ensure that the o-ring protrudes a minimum
1 O-ring, cap 5661-0230
of 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical seating sur-
face of the piston assembly. Replace this o-ring if nec-
2 O-ring, piston 5661-0330 essary by removing the seat retainer. Before
reassembling, apply lubricant to the o-ring.
3 O-ring, seat 5661-0326
6. Examine the pilot check for any evidence of bending or
4 O-ring, neck 5661-0335 other damage. Depress the check and make certain it
5 Schraeder core 220278 snaps back freely. Replace pilot check if necessary.

6 Back-up ring 554003-300 Valve Cap

Pilot Check
WK-923066-000
Pilot Check Spring
Table 6-2. Other Valve Components WF-230640-000
Piston O-Ring
Valve Cap O-Ring WK-566103-370
WK-566102-410 Back-Up Teflon Ring
Other Materials Description Spring WK-554003-400

Piston
Lubricant Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent Retainer O-Ring
WK-566103-400
Safety Cap

Loctite Sealant Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent

Locquic Primer Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent

Refill Part
( inch NPT Thread)

Neck O-Ring Retainer

WK-566103-470 06-235924-001
O-RING, PISTON
Inner Piston O-Ring
WK-566101-170
TEFLON BACK-UP
RING
Figure 6-3. 3" Valve Assembly
Table 6-3. 3" Valve Components
Figure 6-2. O-Ring, Piston
675 lb. 1010 lb.
Description
Cylinders Cylinders

O-ring, Cap 566102410 566102410

O-ring, Piston 566103370 566103370

O-ring, seat 566103400 566103400

O-ring, Neck 566103470 566103470

Pilot Check Assembly 923066 923066

Back-up Ring 554003400 554003400

90-FM200M-030 6-2 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

6-2.1.4 FM-200 DISCHARGE VALVE ASSEMBLY APPROX. CENTER

OF NAMEPLATE
(3" VALVE) P/N WILL VARY ACCORDING
APPLICABLE ASSEMBLY
Note: Refer to Figure 6-3 and Table 6-3. A
60 L BS ) I NC
1. Install the o-ring in the piston groove. S
. ( E T Y C LU
SA
F AP

DE
WT

WT . XXX . X
F UL L WT .
! CAUTION

. XXX
WT
Y TM

X
X. EMP T 0 0
VALVE ORIENTATION

X
X
Make certain that the Teflon back-up ring is PLAN VIEW
FM - 2

A
below the o-ring as shown in Figure 6-3.
SEE VIEW "B"
2. Press the piston back into the valve body.
3. Install the spring.
4. Install the o-ring onto the groove in the valve cap. Screw
1.000 0.125
the cap onto the valve body and torque to 360 in. lb.
(41 N-m). VIEW "A"
58.375
5. If the siphon tube had to be removed for valve disas- REF

sembly, wire brush the siphon tube threads to remove

the old Loctite residue.
6. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads
and allow three to five minutes to dry.
7. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and rein-
stall the siphon tube. 16.000
DIA. REF.
Install the o-ring onto the valve neck groove, screw the valve
and siphon tube onto the cylinder, and torque to 600 to
660 in. lb. (68 to 75 N-m).

6-2.1.5 SAFETY DISC REPLACEMENT (2" VALVE) VIEW "B

1. Remove the safety disc retainer (see Figure 6-4) in-
cluding safety disc and safety disc washer from the Figure 6-4. Safety Disc Replacement
cylinder body. Discard the safety disc and washer.
Table 6-4. Safety Disc Replacement (2" Valve)
2. Reassemble the safety disc retainer with a new safety
disc and safety disc washer to the cylinder body. Torque Burst
Safety Holder
to the appropriate value listed in Table 6-4. Cylinder Size Disc
Safety Disc
Burst Torque
Pressure
Washer P/N PSIG @
P/N Disc
! WARNING
70F

Never install any type of disc other than
specified in Table 6-4 for the corresponding
cylinder. Installing the incorrect disc could
result in a violent rupture of the cylinder and
serious injury.
225 and 395 lb. 264925 220360 236062 47 ft. lb. 800-975
6-2.1.6 SAFETY DISC REPLACEMENT (3" VALVE)
The safety disc for the 3" valve is located on the cylinder
head, not on the cylinder valve.
1. Remove the safety disc retainer (see Figure 6-5) in-
cluding safety disc and safety disc washer from the
cylinder body. Discard the safety disc and washer.
2. Reassemble the safety disc retainer with a new safety
disc and safety disc washer to the valve body. Torque
to the appropriate value listed in Table 6-5.
! WARNING
Never install any type of disc other than specified
in Table 6-5 for the corresponding cylinder.
Installing the incorrect disc could result in a
violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death,
serious injury and/or property damage.

February 2004 6-3 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

6-2.2.1 I-VALVE DISASSEMBLY

Note: Refer to Figure 6-6 and Table 6-6.
Safety Disk Retainer
06-235926-001 ! WARNING
Before disassembly of valve, relieve all pressure
from the cylinder. Contents under pressure can
cause personal injury or property damage.

Safety Disk Washer

1. Remove valve seat (P/N 202490).
06-118185-001 2. Remove copper sealing gasket (P/N 32642).
Safety Disk
06-118184-001 3. Remove main check assembly and spring (P/Ns
800760 and 32641).
Burst Disk 4. Remove sleeve retainer, brass sleeve and pilot
06-235926-001 check assembly (P/Ns 202804, 202805 and 923066
respectively).
5. Examine rubber portions of main check and pilot check
assemblies. If any nicks, chips or dirt is found, the
checks should be replaced with new parts before the
Burst Disk Holder
06-236063-001
cylinder and valve assembly is recharged.
COPPER
GASKET - 32642
Figure 6-5. Burst Disc
VALVE SEAT - 202490
Table 6-5. Safety Disc Replacement Table (3" Valve) VALVE BODY - 270403
MAIN CHECK - 800760

2.50-14 NS-3
(FOR DISCHARGE
SLEEVE HEAD CONNECTION)
Cylinder Size Safety Disc P/N Torque Value PSIG @ 70 F RETAINER
202804 SPRING - 32641
5.44" DISC RETAINER - 220034 (WHITE)
PILOT CHECK 295500 (WHITE)
675 lb. 06-118184-001 90 ft. lb. 800-975 923066
SAFETY DISC - 903684 (WHITE)
AND WASHER
1.25-18 NS-3
1010 lb. 06-118184-001 90 ft. lb. 800-975 (FOR CONTROL
HEAD CONNECTION) WASHER- 294500

SLEEVE
6-2.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Inspection 202805
TYPICAL
CYLINDER
and Services
Inspect and service the Nitrogen I-Valve as follows:
Figure 6-6. 5/8-inch I-Valve for Nitrogen Driver
Note: After every discharge, certain components in the
Nitrogen I-Valve assembly will have to be serviced Table 6-6. I-Valve Components
and inspected before recharging the Driver/Valve
Assembly. Part numbers for items which may re- Part Number Description Qty.
quire replacement are listed in Table 6-6. 923066 Pilot Check Assembly 1

202805 Brass Sleeve 1

202804 Sleeve Retainer 1

32641 Spring 1

800760 Main Check Assembly5/8" I-Valve 1

32642 Copper Gasket 1

202490 Valve Seat 1

368200 Safety Disc (White for 2300 cu. in. driver) 1

903684 Safety Disc (White for 4070 cu. in. driver) 1

902048 Safety Disc (White for 4890 cu. in. driver) 1

294500 Washer 1

90-FM200M-030 6-4 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

6-2.2.2 NITROGEN DRIVER I-VALVE ASSEMBLY 6-2.2.4 GROOVED NUT AND PLAIN NUT
DISCHARGE HEAD INSPECTION
After each part has been thoroughly inspected, assemble
AND SERVICE
the valve in the following order:
1. Pilot check assembly. Note: After every discharge, certain components in the
Discharge Head Assembly MUST be inspected and
2. Brass sleeve. serviced before recommissioning the Nitrogen
3. Sleeve retainer. Driver Cylinder. Part numbers for the items which
4. Spring. may require replacement are listed in Table 6-8.
Note: The main check assembly is installed with the rub- 1. Remove top cap using a suitable wrench.
ber seat facing up. The copper sealing gasket 2. Inspect packing o-ring (P/N 209180). Replace if o-ring
MUST be replaced when the valve seat is removed. shows any sign of damage or deterioration.
Refer to Figure 6-6. 3. Lubricate packing o-ring (P/N 209180) and reinstall top
5. Main check assembly. cap. Tighten to 25 to 50 ft. lb. (35 to 70 N-m).
6. New copper gasket (rounded side up). Apply a lubri- 4. Examine inner and outer packing o-ring (P/N 242466
cant to the gasket before replacing. and 242467 respectively) located concentrically on the
7. Valve seat. Torque to 150 15 ft. lb. (203 20 N-m). bottom of the discharge head body.
5. Apply lubricant to both o-rings prior to attaching to
6-2.2.3 SAFETY DISC REPLACEMENT I-valve (refer to Table 6-2 for lubricant recommendations).
1. Remove the safety disc retainer, along with the safety TOP CAP
disc and safety disc washer from the valve body.
2.5812
2. Assemble the safety disc retainer, the new safety disc (97 mm) PISTON

and the new safety disc washer to the valve body. Re- TOP CAP
O-RING P/N 209180
fer to Table 6-4 or 6-5, depending on safety disc, for
SPRING
torque valves. 3/4" NPS

! WARNING
Never install any type disc other than the 3.94" DISCHARGE
(100 mm)
specified compliment for the cylinder. Installing OUTLET

the incorrect disc could result in violent rupture SET IDENTIFYING

GROOVES IN
POSITION
of the cylinder causing serious personal injury. SWIVEL NUT
OPERATED
POSITION
Never reinstall a used safety disc and/or washer. 2 1/2 - 14N3
Once the retainer has been removed, the disc SWIVEL NUT
OUTER PACKING O-RING
and washer must be replaced with new parts. (FOR CONNECTION
TO CYLINDER VALVE) STEM P/N 242466
INNER PACKING O-RING
Table 6-7. Safety Disc Replacements for the I-Valve P/N 242467

Safety Disc Safety Disc

Figure 6-7. Grooved Nut Discharge Head
Nitrogen Torque PSIG @
and Washer Retainer
Driver Size Valve 70F 3.81"
P/N Nut P/N (97 mm)
PISTON
902048 350 BALL
90-102300-001 220034 2900-3250 RETAINER
(white) 35 in. lb.
STOP
CHECK BALL
903684 350 CHECK
90-104070-001 295500 3150-3500
(white) 35 in. lb.
SPRING
902048 350 3.94"
90-104890-001 220034 2900-3250 (100 mm) DISCHARGE
(white) 35 in. lb. OUTLET

SET 3/4" NPS

POSITION
2 1/2 - 14N-3
OPERATED
POSITION
OUTER O-RING
P/N 242466
SWIVEL NUT
(FOR CONNECTION INNER 0-RING
TO CYLINDER VALVE) P/N 242467
STEM

Figure 6-8. Plain Nut Discharge Head

February 2004 6-5 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 6-8. Grooved or Plain Nut Discharge Head 6-2.3.2 3/4-INCH CHECK DIFFUSER ASSEMBLY
Replacement Part Numbers
After each part has been thoroughly inspected, assemble
the valve in the following order.
Part Number Description Qty.
1. Spring (P/N 06-118172-001).
242466 Outer Packing O-Ring 1 2. Cup check assembly (P/N 06-129860-001).
3. Gasket (rounded side up). Apply lubricant to new cop-
242467 Inner Packing O-Ring 1
per gasket before installing.
209180 Packing O-Ring, Top Cap 1 4. Valve Seat. Torque to 150 15 ft. lb. (203 20 N-m).
Note: The main check assembly is installed with the rub-
6-2.3 3/4-Inch Check Diffuser Inspection ber seat facing up.
and Service The copper sealing gasket MUST be replaced when
Inspect and service the 3/4-inch check diffuser as follows: the valve seat is removed.

Note: After every discharge, certain components in the

Check Diffuser must be inspected and serviced be- VALVE SEAT
P/N 06-235930-001
fore recharging the cylinder and valve assembly.
Part numbers for items which may require replace- COPPER GASKET
CUP CHECK ASSEMBLY P/N 326420
ment are listed in Table 6-9. P/N 06-129860-001

SPRING
6-2.3.1 3/4-INCH CHECK DIFFUSER RETAINING RING

DISASSEMBLY
SPRING SEAT
(Refer to Figure 6-9 and Table 6-9)

! WARNING
O-RING
P/N 56610916

Before disassembly of check diffuser, relieve

all pressure from the cylinder by depressing the
3/4 CHECK
Schraeder Core on the side of the cylinder DIFFUSER BODY

valve. Contents under pressure can cause

personal injury or property damage.
1. Remove Valve Seat (P/N 06-235930-001).
2. Remove and discard copper gasket (P/N 326420).
Note: Never reuse the copper gasket.
3. Remove Cup Check Assembly (P/N 06-129860-001). Figure 6-9. 3/4-inch Check Diffuser
4. Remove Spring (P/N 06-118172-001). Table 6-9. Replacement Parts for
5. Examine rubber portions of cup check assembly and Post-Discharge Maintenance
o-ring (P/N 56610916). If any nicks, chips or dirt is
found, the parts should be replaced and/or cleaned Description Part Number Qty.
before the cylinder and valve assembly is recharged.
Valve Seat 06-235930-001 1

Cup Check Assembly 06-129860-001 1

Copper Gasket 326420 1

O-Ring 56610916 1

90-FM200M-030 6-6 February 2004


6-3 RECHARGING FM-200 CYLINDERS
! CAUTION
FM-200 cylinders may require retest before
recharging (see Paragraph 5-5 for details on
cylinder retest). FM Approval is based upon the
usage of factory filled FM-200 and nitrogen
driver storage cylinders.
! WARNING
Under no circumstances while performing
either cylinder recharge or leak test should a
charged cylinder be allowed to free stand
without either the charging apparatus attached
or the safety cap installed. Whenever these
devices are not installed, a charged cylinder
must be securely clamped to a rigid structure
capable of sustaining the full thrust that would
result should the valve inadvertently open. The
clamping device and supports must be capable
of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lb.
(816 kg) for the 2" valve or 2800 (1270 kg) for
the 3" valve. This approximates the thrust force
generated out of the FM-200 cylinder valve
outlet on a full, wide open discharge.
FM-200 charging equipment consists of an FM-200 stor-
age container, piping adapter, control valves, strainer, pres-
sure gauge, flexible hoses, seating adapter, recharge
adapter, pump, scale and interconnecting plumbing. Re-
charge equipment must be suitable for the purpose intended
and must be compatible with FM-200. A typical FM-200
charging system schematic is shown in Figure 6-10.
Note: Locate the charging equipment in a clean, well-ven-
tilated area near the FM-200 and nitrogen supply
and cylinder storage. There should be sufficient
room for handling the cylinders to and from the
charging equipment.
Before assembling the charging equipment, apply
Permacel No. 412D Teflon tape to all pipe threads.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
6-3.1 Charging FM-200 Cylinder and
Valve Assembly
Recharge the FM-200 cylinder and valve assembly as fol-
lows (item numbers refer to Figure 6-10).
! WARNING
Only qualified, designated personnel should
operate charging equipment. Exercise
extreme care when working with pressure
equipment to prevent personnel death, injury
and/or damage to property, resulting from
careless handling or possible equipment
failure. Perform all operations in an assigned
area cleared of all unauthorized personnel.
Make sure all equipment is properly secured.
Never attempt to adjust or disassemble
pressurized equipment.
1. Before charging, check the cylinder for the last hydro-
static test date. Perform any required DOT hydrostatic
tests (see Paragraph 5-5).
2. Check the cylinder valve assembly for any unaccept-
able physical defects (for example, cracks of any
kind, elongated pits of any length, inclusions of any
size, pitting, bulging, dents, corrosion, fire damage,
mechanical defects, scratches, nicks, or gouges if
more than superficial in nature). These defects shall
be cause for rejection.
3. Evacuate cylinder to at least 28 in. HG (-13.8 PSIG;
-0.95 bar gauge).
! CAUTION
FM-200 is a colorless, odorless gas, low in
toxicity, and is an extremely effective fire
suppression agent. FM-200 can be liquefied
by compression, and is normally shipped and
stored in this condition. Being a liquefied and
compressed gas, FM-200 is stored and
handled under saturated conditions (that is,
the liquid and vapor coexist in equilibrium).
Reducing the pressure without reducing the
temperature may cause the liquid to flash into
vapor with accompanying refrigeration
effects. By understanding the physical
properties of FM-200 and its safe handling
techniques, the agent may be transferred
from shipping cylinders to the desired end
use container safely.
4. Close all valves in the charging system. Open the
FM-200 supply and return line valves (Items 16 and 19).
5. Open FM-200 supply valves (Items 16, 18, 10, 9, 11, 8
and 24 in Figure 6-7). DO NOT open valve (Item 19) at
this time. Pressure gauge (Item 25) should indicate sup-
ply pressure. Crack the vent valve (Item 27) until
FM-200 liquid is present. Close valve (Item 27).
6-7 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

FM-2OO return line

optional salvage
connection flex hose
15
6
5
20 29
19 16 17 25 P 4
27
26 28
2
21 7
18 24
1
flex hose
15 4
8
15 N2
26 1 15 cylinder
FM-200 Agent
13
Strainer 11 23
9
10 14 12
22
FM-200 liquid supply line scale 3

Figure 6-10. Typical Arrangement of FM-200 Charging System

Table 6-10. Parts List, Charging System

FM-200 Shipping Container -

1 Recharge Adapter 16
Liquid

2 Seating Adapter 17 Vent Valve

3 Scale 18 Ball Valve

FM-200 Shipping Container -

4 Vent Valve - Recharge 19
Vapor

5 Vent Valve - Seating 20 Vent Valve

6 Ball Valve 21 Ball Valve

7 Ball Valve 22 FM-200 Shipping Container

FM-200 Agent Storage

8 Ball Valve 23
Container

9 3- Way Valve 24 Ball Valve - Gauge

10 Ball Valve 25 Master Pressure Gauge

11 Ball Valve 26 Ball Valve

12 Safety Relief - Liquid 27 Vent Valve

13 Safety Relief - Vapor 28 Nitrogen Supply

14 Pump 29 Pressure Regulator

15 Check Valve

90-FM200M-030 6-8 February 2004


6. Turn 3-way valve (Item 9) to the return line position.
Open valve (Item 21). Crack vent valve (Item 20) until
FM-200 liquid is present. Close valve (Item 20). Open
valve (Item 19). Charging system is now ready for use.
7. Position ADS Series FM-200 cylinder/valve assem-
bly (Item 23) (with safety cap and pilot actuation port
protection cap in place and properly connected)
on weigh scale (Item 3). Monitor scale. Empty weight
of cylinder assembly must be stamped on cylinder
valve nameplate.
8. Remove the safety cap and immediately connect the
cylinder to the charging system by assembling the re-
charge adapter with o-ring packing (Item1) to the cyl-
inder assembly outlet port.
Note: The main piston in the cylinder valve assembly will
unseat, permitting flow into the assembly when a
10 PSIG (0.7 bar gauge) differential (approximate)
exists at the outlet port. Initial valve assembly seat-
ing occurs with pressure equalization. Final valve
assembly seating occurs with removal of pressure
from valve assembly outlet port and subsequent
momentary application of nitrogen.
9. Monitor the scale (Item 3) and record the empty cylin-
der assembly weight as A. Determine charge weight
C=A+B, where B is weight of FM-200 agent indicated
on the valve nameplate.
10. Open valve (Item 26) and start pump (Item 14). Moni-
tor the weigh scale (Item 3). When it indicates charge
weight C, shut off the pump and close FM-200 supply
valves (Items 26 and 8).
Note: The 44 PSIG (3.0 bar gauge) pressure applies to
the filling procedure without nitrogen and FM-200
at 70F 10F (21C -12C). When the tempera-
ture is other than 70F (21C), refer to Table 6-9
for required total pressure. Do not fill FM-200 cyl-
inders at temperatures below 60F (16C) or above
90F (32C).
44.1 PSIG @ 70F (3 bar gauge @ 21C) is the final pres-
sure required after the charged container has had suffi-
cient time to stabilize.
Table 6-11. Pressure vs. Temperature
Pressure versus Temperature
Temperature Pressure
o
F (oC) PSIG (bar)
60 (15.6) 34.4 (2.37)
70 (21.1) 44.1 (3.04)
80 (26.7) 55.1 (3.79)
90 (32.2) 67.6 (4.66)
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
11. Remove pilot actuation port protection cap and as-
semble seating adapter (Item 2) with flexible hose to
the cylinder valve actuation port. Open valve (Item 6),
then adjust the regulator for momentary application of
nitrogen to the actuation port to firmly seat the cylinder
valve piston.
12. While momentarily maintaining pressure on the actua-
tion port, open vent valve (Item 4) on the recharge
adapter (Item 1) to rapidly vent FM-200 from the valve
assembly outlet port. The sudden decrease in pres-
sure at the valve outlet will ensure the valve seat stays
in the closed position.
13. Leave vent valve (Item 4) open. Close valve (Item 6)
and open valve (Item 5) to vent nitrogen from the seat-
ing adapter.
! CAUTION
Any hissing or discharge coming from vent
valve (Item 4) indicates that the piston is not
seated properly or has opened. If this occurs,
repeat Steps 11 and 12. Verify that the cylinder
valve piston remains closed.
14. Keep vent valve (Item 4) open. Close valve (Item 5),
and once again open valve (Item 6) to reapply nitrogen
pressure to the actuation port. While momentarily main-
taining pressure on the actuation port, remove the re-
charge adapter (Item 1) from the cylinder valve outlet
port and immediately install the safety cap. Close vent
valve (Item 4).
! WARNING
Pressure must be maintained on the actuation
port during removal of the charging adapter and
installation of the safety cap to assure that the
cylinder valve does not inadvertently actuate
while the valve outlet port is wide open. Failure
to follow this procedure could result in death,
personal injury and/or damage to property.
15. Close the nitrogen supply valve (Item 7) and open vent
valve (Item 5) to vent FM-200 from the supply line. Close
the regulator on the nitrogen supply (Item 29).
16. Remove seating adapter (Item 2) from the cylinder valve
and reinstall the actuation port protection cap. Close
valves (Items 5 and 6).
17. Weigh the fully charged cylinder. The weight must agree
with weight stamped on cylinder valve nameplate.
Record date of recharge on cylinder record tag.
18. Monitor cylinder valve gauge. Gauge indicator must
read 44 PSIG @ 70F (3 bar gauge @ 21C) (after the
stabilization period).
19. Cylinder is now ready for leak test (refer to Para-
graph 6-3.2).
6-9 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

! CAUTION 6-3.2 FM-200 Cylinder Leak Test

The Kidde FM-200 ADS series agent containers ! WARNING
have been designed for a maximum fill density
Clamp FM-200 cylinder securely in place. The
of 78 lb./cu. ft. (1249 kg/m3) and pressurized to
clamping device and supports must be capable
44 PSIG @ 70F. It is important that these values
of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lb.
not be exceeded to eliminate the possibility of
(817 kg). This approximates the thrust force
system malfunction.
generated out of the FM-200 cylinder valve
The pressure in the agent container is significantly af- outlet on a full, wide open discharge.
fected by fill density and temperature. At elevated tem-
peratures the rate of increase in pressure is very sensitive ! CAUTION
to fill density. If the maximum fill density is exceeded, FM-200 cylinder leak tests must be conducted
the pressure will increase rapidly with temperature in- in a well-ventilated area, away from the
crease and present a hazard to personnel and property. charging station so as not to be influenced by
Adherence to the limits on fill density and pressurization extraneous FM-200 vapors released during the
levels will prevent excessively high pressures from oc- filling operations. Kidde recommends the
curring if the agent container is exposed to elevated tem- Yokogawa Type H25C leak detector for FM-200
perature; minimizing the possibility of an inadvertent and the Yokogawa Type LS-20 leak standard for
discharge of agent through the pressure regulator. FM-200 for calibrating the leak detector.
Note: When charging more than one FM-200 cylinder, it 1. Warm up the leak detector for 30 minutes before pro-
may be advantageous to leave the pump (Item 14) ceeding with Step 2.
running. In this case, when a cylinder is full, rotate 2. Calibrate the detector against the LS-20 leak standard
3-way valve (Item 9) to direct the flow back to the by holding the probe about 1/8-inch (3 mm) away, and
supply tank through the FM-200 return line. To re- noting the meter deflection for the leakage allowance
sume charging operations, return the 3-way valve of the standard. Maximum allowable leak rates are
(Item 9) back to the Filling position. shown in Table 6-12.
To change FM-200 shipping container (Item 22) Table 6-12. Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates
close cylinder valves (Items 16 and 19), close
valves (Items 18 and 21). Carefully open vent Cylinder Fill
Maximum
Cylinder Size Allowable
valves (Items 17 and 20) to bleed pressure. Dis- Weight
Part Number Leakage
connect charging lines from FM-200 supply cylin-
der. Position new FM-200 supply cylinder in place. lb. lb. oz./yr.
Connect charging lines to new FM-200 supply cyl-
90-100221-001 225 115 to 225 1.81
inder, ensuring vapor and liquid lines are connected
to proper valves. Close vent valves (Items 17 and 90-100225-001 225 115 to 225 1.81
20). Open valves (Items 18 and 21).
90-100391-001 395 200 to 395 3.34

90-100395-001 395 200 to 395 3.34

90-100671-001 675 343 to 675 5.74

90-100675-001 675 343 to 675 5.74

90-101010-001 1010 512 to 1010 8.68

90-101011-001 1010 512 to 1010 8.68

3. Remove the safety cap from the discharge outlet. Blow

nitrogen on the surface where the plug was removed.
4. Move probe back and forth slowly approximately
1/8-inch (3 mm) away from all potential leak points (dis-
charge outlet area, pilot check, valve bonnet, safety
outlet, liquid level indicator, valve-to-cylinder connec-
tions, gauge and container welds). If the meter deflec-
tions are greater than those that occurred during
calibration, the cylinder/valve assembly has failed the
leaked test.

90-FM200M-030 6-10 February 2004


5. Replace the safety cap immediately after the test.
6. If the assembly failed the leak test in Step 4, salvage
the FM-200 agent, perform the required maintenance
on the container, and recharge.
7. After the leak test is complete, reassemble the protec-
tion cap to the actuation port of valve assembly.
Unclamp the cylinder.
6-3.3 Salvaging FM-200 from Leaking
Cylinder Assembly
! WARNING
Target container must be significantly larger
than the source container to prevent dangerous
pressure build up. Contents under pressure
could cause personal injury.
Note: Item numbers in the following instructions refer to
Figure 6-10.
1. Close the FM-200 supply valve (Item 16). Close valve
(Item 18). Open valve (Item 17) to vent pressure. Dis-
connect the charging flexible hose from the FM-200
supply valve (Item 16).
2. Connect the salvage discharge assembly to the flex-
ible hose coupling. Assemble the discharge assem-
bly to the outlet port of the leaking cylinder assembly
(not shown).
3. Position an empty cylinder assembly of suitable size
for FM-200 storage on the scale (Item 3). Record the
empty weight.
4. Connect the recharge adapter (Item 1) to the empty
cylinder outlet port.
5. Assemble the manually operated control head onto
the cylinder valve actuation port of the leaking cylin-
der assembly.
6. Check that all charging system valves are closed. Open
valves (Items 18, 10, 9, 11, 8 and 24). Set the manually
operated control head to the OPEN position. The pres-
sure gauge (Item 25) should indicate the supply pres-
sure. Crack vent valve (Item 27) until FM-200 liquid is
present. Shut valve (Item 27).
7. If the cylinder assembly on the scale is of sufficient
size and is being used to store FM-200, monitor the
scale, open valve (Item 26) and start the pump. Con-
tinue pumping until a maximum of FM-200 is trans-
ferred from the leaking cylinder assembly as indicated
by a pressure drop on the pressure gauge.
8. If the cylinder assembly on the scale is being charged,
fill with the required weight of FM-200 by adding the
required pounds to the empty cylinder weight. Follow
charging procedure outlined in steps 9 through 21 of
Paragraph 6-3.1. Conduct the cylinder leak test as de-
scribed in Paragraph 6-3.2.
February 2004
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
9. Continue transfer of FM-200 agent until the leaking cyl-
inder assembly is empty as indicated by a pressure
drop as indicated on the pressure gauge. Shut off the
pump and close the hose control valve (Item 26) and
valve (Item 18).
10. Open valve (Item 17) to vent pressure, then disas-
semble the adapter from the outlet port of the leaking
cylinder assembly and from the flexible hose hookup.
Reassemble the flexible hose to FM-200 supply valve
(Item 16).
11. If the cylinder assembly being recharged is not charged
sufficiently, continue charging as indicated in Paragraph
6-3.1 using the FM-200 supply.
6-4 NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER SERVICE
AND MAINTENANCE
! WARNING
Any area in which nitrogen is used or stored
must be properly ventilated. A person working
in an area where air has become enriched with
nitrogen can become unconscious without
sensing the lack of oxygen. Remove victim to
fresh air. Administer artificial respiration if
necessary and call a physician. Never dispose
of nitrogen in an indoor work or storage area.
6-4.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic
Pressure Test
Hydrostatic test must be performed in accordance with DOT
regulations CFR Title 49, Paragraph 173.34. Nitrogen pilot
cylinders must not be recharged and shipped without hy-
drostatic test if more than five years has elapsed from the
date of the last test. Nitrogen pilot cylinders continuously in
service without discharging can be retained in service for a
maximum of five years from the date of the last hydrostatic
test. At the end of five years, the cylinder must be visually
inspected per CGA pamphlet C-6. Cylinders must also be
hydrostatic pressure tested immediately if the cylinder
shows evidence of distortion, cracking, corrosion, or me-
chanical and/or fire damage.
6-11 90-FM200M-030
FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression
6-4.2 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Replacement
! WARNING
When removing a pressurized cylinder due
to pressure loss, the control head must be in
the SET position with the safety pin installed.
A control head in the released position will
cause the remaining contents of cylinder to
discharge resulting in a system activation
which can cause death, personal injury and/
or property damage.
Replace the nitrogen pilot cylinder when
expended or when loss of pressure occurs
as follows:
1. Remove the control head from the nitrogen driver
cylinder valve.
2. Immediately install the protection cap on the nitrogen
pilot cylinder actuation port.
3. Remove grooved nut discharge head from cylinder valve.
4. Remove 1-inch nitrogen transfer hose from FM-200
cylinder.
5. Remove clamps and hardware securing nitrogen pilot
cylinder to the mounting bracket.
6-4.3 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Recharge
Nitrogen driver cylinders must be recharged when the cyl-
inder pressure gauge indicates pressure is 10% below nor-
mal (1800 PSIG at 70F [124 bar gauge @ 21C] as
adjusted for temperature as shown in Figure 6-10) or im-
mediately after discharge. Nitrogen used for charging must
comply with Federal Specification BB-N-411C, Grade A,
Type 1. Copies of this specification may be obtained from:
Global Engineering Documents, 2625 S. Hickory St., Santa
Ana, CA 92707.
! WARNING
Before recharging, cylinder must be firmly
secured by chains, clamps or other devices
to an immovable object such as a wall,
structural I-beam or permanently mounted
holding rack. FM Approval is based upon the
usage of factory filled FM-200 and nitrogen
driver and storage cylinders.
90-FM200M-030
Recharge nitrogen driver cylinders as follows:
1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve
actuation port.
2. Install the nitrogen driver cylinder recharge adapter
(P/N 933537) to the cylinder valve actuation port.
Note: The pressure gauge attached to the extinguishing
system is not to be used to determine when the
intended charging pressure has been reached.
A pressure regulator is to be used when the
pressure source is a tank of high-pressure gas
per UL-2166.
3. Connect the nitrogen recharging supply hose to the
adapter. Tighten securely.
4. Open the nitrogen recharging control valve slowly until
full nitrogen flow is obtained.
5. Monitor the recharging supply pressure gauge. Close
the charging control valve when the gauge indicates
proper cylinder pressure (1800 PSIG @ 70F [124 bar
gauge @ 21C]) or until the mass of nitrogen reaches
the number referenced in the Table 6-13.
Table 6-13. Nitrogen Fill Weights
Fill Weight (lb.)
Part Number Description
Nominal
90-102300-001 2300 cu. in. nitrogen driver 12.2
90-104070-001 4070 cu.in. nitrogen driver 22.1
90-104890-001 4890 cu. in. nitrogen driver 25.1
6. Allow the cylinder to cool to ambient temperature and
recheck the nitrogen pilot cylinder indicated pressure.
7. Open valve and add additional nitrogen as needed
to obtain full cylinder charge at ambient temperature
(1800 PSIG @ 70F [124 bar gauge @ 21C]).
8. Close the valve and remove the supply hose and charg-
ing adapter from the nitrogen pilot cylinder.
9. Check the nitrogen driver cylinder valve for leakage
using a soap solution. Bubbles appearing in the soap
solution indicate leakage and shall be cause for rejec-
tion of cylinder.
10. After the leak test is completed, thoroughly clean and
dry the cylinder valve.
11. Ensure the cylinder valve control head port is clean
and dry.
12. Immediately install the protective cap to the actuation
port of the cylinder valve.
13. Install the charged cylinder as directed in Paragraph 5-8.
6-12 February 2004
 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

N2 PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE CHART 6-5.2 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Replacement

2100
! WARNING
2000
When removing a pressurized cylinder due to
pressure loss, the control head must be in the
1900
SET position with the safety pull pin installed.
RE
A control head in the released position will
1800 U
SS
cause the remaining contents of cylinder to
PRESSURE PSIG

E RE discharge resulting in a system activation

1700 PR SSU
AL E which may cause death, personal injury and/or
IN E PR
M BL damage property.
1600 NO OWA
L Replace the nitrogen pilot cylinder when expended or when
AL
U M loss of pressure occurs as follows:
1500 M
NI
MI 1. Remove the control head from the nitrogen pilot cyl-
1400
RECHARGE
inder valve.
2. Immediately install the protection cap on the nitrogen
1300
pilot cylinder actuation port.
1200 3. Remove the flexible actuation hose or tubing
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 and adapter (P/N 6992-0501) from the cylinder
TEMPERATURE F
valve outlet.
Figure 6-11. Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data 4. Remove clamps and hardware securing nitrogen pilot
cylinder to mounting bracket.

6-5.3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Recharge

6-5 NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER SERVICE
AND MAINTENANCE Nitrogen pilot cylinders must be recharged when the cylin-
der pressure gauge indicates pressure is below normal
! WARNING (1800 PSIG @ 70F [124 bar gauge @ 21C] or as ad-
Never dispose of nitrogen in an indoor work justed for temperature as shown in Figure 6-8) or immedi-
or storage area. Any area in which nitrogen ately after discharge. Nitrogen used for charging must
is used or stored must be properly ventilated. comply with Federal Specification BB-N-411C, Grade A,
A person working in an area where air has Type 1. Copies of this specification may be obtained from:
become enriched with nitrogen can become Global Engineering Documents, 2625 S. Hickory St., Santa
unconscious without sensing the lack of Ana, CA 92707.
oxygen. Remove victim to fresh air.
Administer artificial respiration if necessary ! WARNING
and call a physician. Before recharging, cylinder must be firmly
secured by chains, clamps or other devices to
6-5.1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Hydrostatic an immovable object such as a wall, structural
Pressure Test I-beam or permanently mounted holding rack.
Hydrostatic test must be performed in accordance with DOT Recharge nitrogen pilot cylinders as follows:
regulations CFR Title 49, Paragraph 173.34. Nitrogen pilot
1. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve ac-
cylinders must not be recharged and shipped without hy-
tuation port.
drostatic test if more than five years has elapsed from the
date of the last test. Nitrogen pilot cylinders continuously in 2. Install the nitrogen pilot cylinder recharge adapter (P/N
service without discharging can be retained in service for a 933537) to the cylinder valve actuation port and plug
maximum of five years from the date of the last hydrostatic valve outlet port with 1/8-inch NPT pipe plug.
test. At the end of five years the cylinder must be visually 3. Connect the nitrogen recharging supply hose to the
inspected per CGA pamphlet C-6. Cylinders must also be adapter. Tighten securely.
hydrostatic pressure tested immediately if the cylinder 4. Open the nitrogen recharging control valve slowly until
shows evidence of distortion, cracking, corrosion or me- full nitrogen flow is obtained.
chanical and/or fire damage.
5. Monitor the recharging supply pressure gauge.
Close the charging control valve when the gauge indi-
cates proper cylinder pressure (1800 PSIG @ 70F
[124 bar gauge @ 21C]).

February 2004 6-13 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

6. Allow the cylinder to cool to ambient temperature and

recheck the nitrogen pilot cylinder indicated pressure.
7. Open valve and add additional nitrogen as needed to
obtain full cylinder charge at ambient temperature
(1800 PSIG @ 70F [124 bar gauge @ 21C]). Refer
to Figure 6-11.
8. Close the valve and remove the supply hose and charg-
ing adapter from the nitrogen pilot cylinder.
9. Check the nitrogen cylinder valve for leakage using
a soap solution. Bubbles appearing in the soap solu-
tion indicate leakage and shall be cause for rejec-
tion of cylinder.
10. After the leak test is completed, thoroughly clean and
dry the cylinder valve.
11. Ensure the cylinder valve control head port is clean
and dry.
12. Immediately install the protective cap to the actuation
port of the cylinder valve.
13. Install the charged cylinder as described below.

6-5.4 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Installation

1. Install the nitrogen pilot cylinder in position using the
mounting bracket.
2. Tighten sufficiently to hold the cylinder in place but al-
low the cylinder enough free play to be rotated.
3. Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge out-
let is in the desired position.

! CAUTION
The nitrogen pilot cylinder must be positioned
so that control head, when installed, is readily
accessible and cannot be obstructed during
manual operation. System malfunction could
occur if cylinder is not positioned properly.
4. Securely tighten the mounting bracket clamps
and hardware.
5. Remove the pipe plug, reconnect the adapter (P/N
6992-0501) and flexible actuation hose or tubing to the
cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove the protective cap from the cylinder valve
actuation port.

! WARNING
Ensure control head is in the set position (that
is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted
or set position). Failure to position control
head in set position will cause discharge of
the nitrogen pilot cylinder when control head
is installed.
7. Install the control head on the cylinder valve and
tighten securely.

90-FM200M-030 6-14 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

CHAPTER 7
PARTS LIST

plete assemblies or as individual items. In most situations,

7-1 INTRODUCTION AND PARTS LIST when ordering a system, it will be easier and more cost
The table below and on the next page provides a complete effective to order by assembly part numbers.
list of FM-200 ADS Series parts and associated system
equipment. FM-200 equipment can be ordered as com-

Table 7-1. Parts List

Nomenclature Part Number

CYLINDER/VALVE ASSEMBLIES

2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly

90-102300-001
(for use with 225 lb. agent cylinders)

4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly

(for use with 395 lb. and 675 lb. agent cylinders) 90-104070-001
Note: Two are required for use with the 675 lb. agent cylinders.

4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly

(for use with 1010 lb. agent cylinders) 90-104890-001
Note: Two are required for use with the 1010 lb. agent cylinders.

Vertical Mount OnlyFM-200 ADS Cylinder and Valve Assemblies

225 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly 90-100225-001

225 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI* 90-100221-001

395 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly 90-100395-001

395 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI* 90-100391-001

675 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly 90-100675-001

675 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI* 90-100671-001

1010 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly 90-101010-001

1010 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI* 90-101011-001

*Note: LLI = Cylinder with liquid level indicator.

ACTUATION ASSEMBLIES

Actuation Assembly (for use with 225 and 395 lb. systems) 06-129882-001

Actuation Assembly (for use with 675 and 1010 lb. systems) 06-129985-001

Orifice Fitting, 0.107" Diameter 90-194129-107

Orifice Fitting, 0.111" Diameter 90-194129-111

Orifice Fitting, 0.116" Diameter 90-194129-116

Orifice Fitting, 0.120" Diameter 90-194129-120

Orifice Fitting, 0.129" Diameter 90-194129-129

Orifice Fitting, 0.136" Diameter 90-194129-136

February 2004 7-1 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-1. Parts List (continued)

Nomenclature Part Number

ACTUATION ASSEMBLIES (continued)

Orifice Fitting, 0.234" Diameter 90-194129-234

Orifice Fitting, 0.261" Diameter 90-194129-261

Orifice Fitting, 0.281" Diameter 90-194129-281

Orifice Fitting, 0.316" Diameter 90-194129-316

Orifice Fitting, 0.348" Diameter 90-194129-348

Orifice Fitting, 0.391" Diameter 90-194129-391

Orifice Fitting, 0.438" Diameter 90-194129-438

Orifice Fitting, 0.484" Diameter 90-194129-484

ACTUATION ASSEMBLY KITS FOR MANIFOLDING (225 AND 395 LB. SYSTEMS)

2 Cylinder Manifold 06-129944-002

3 Cylinder Manifold 06-129944-003

4 Cylinder Manifold 06-129944-004

5 Cylinder Manifold 06-129944-005

Plus 1 Cylinder Manifold (add to above for more than 5 cylinders) 06-129944-100

Actuation Assembly Kits for Manifolding (675 and 1010 lb. Systems)

2 Cylinder Manifold 06-129986-002

3 Cylinder Manifold 06-129986-003

4 Cylinder Manifold 06-129986-004

Plus 1 Cylinder Manifold (Add to Above for More Than Four Cylinders) 06-129986-101

ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENTNITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS

Discharge Head, Grooved Nut 872442

Discharge Head, Plain Nut 872450

1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 18.00" OAL (395 lb. Cylinder System) 06-118207-001

1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 14.75" OAL (225 lb. Cylinder System) 06-118207-002

1" Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 23.62" OAL (675 and 1010 lb. Cylinder Systems) 06-118207-003

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 90-102300-001 Driver Cylinder) 270014

Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 90-104070-001 Driver Cylinder) 270157

Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 90-104070-001 Driver Cylinder) 06-236173-001

Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 90-104890-001 Driver Cylinder) 06-236174-001

90-FM200M-030 7-2 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-1. Parts List (continued)

Nomenclature Part Number

Flexible Discharge Hoses

2" for use with 225 and 395 lb. Cylinders 283899

3" for use with 675 and 1010 lb. Cylinders 06-118225-001

Valve Outlet Adapters

225 and 395 lb. Cylinders 283905

Cylinder Straps

Combined Cylinder Strap for 225 lb. System 06-236127-001

Combined Cylinder Strap for 395 lb. System 06-236126-001

225 lb. Cylinder 235317

395 lb. Cylinder 281866

675 lb. Cylinder 294651

1010 lb. Cylinder 236125

Cradles

225 lb. Cylinder 235431

395 lb. Cylinder 281867

Front Clamps

225 lb. Cylinder 293457

395 lb. Cylinder 281868

Control Heads

Explosion Proof Control Head 81-100000-001

Electric, Standard 24 Vdc 890181

Electric, Standard 115 Vac 890165

Electric, Standard 125 Vdc 890149

Electric/Cable 115 Vac 895627

Electric/Cable 125 Vdc 895628

Electric/Cable (Explosion Proof) 24 Vdc 897494

Electric/Cable (Explosion Proof) 115 Vac 897560

Lever Operated 870652

Pressure Operated 878737

Pressure Operated, Stackable 878750

Lever/Pressure Operated 878751

Cable Operated 979469

Electric/Cable (Explosion Proof) 115 Vac 897560*

*Note: UL Listed but not FM Approved for use with FM-200 systems.

February 2004 7-3 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-1. Parts List (continued)

Nomenclature Part Number

Pressure Control Equipment

Actuation Hose, 22" 264987

Actuation Hose, 30" 264986

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 877940

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder w/ Pressure Switch (open under pressure) 06-129773-001

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder w/ Pressure Switch (closed under pressure) 06-129773-002

Mounting Bracket, Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 877845

1/4" Check Valve 264985

Safety Outlet, FM-200 844346

Safety Outlet, Nitrogen/CO2 803242

Flexible Actuation Hose, 16 in. 06-118193-001

Flexible Actuation Hose, 22 in. 06-118193-002

Flexible Actuation Hose, 36 in. 06-118193-003

Remote Control Equipment, Electric Operated

Pull Box, Electric Remote 24 Vdc 84-100007-001

Pull Box, Electric Remote 125 Vac 893608

Remote Control Equipment, Cable Operated

Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface 871403

Corner Pulley, Watertight 803808

Corner Pulley, 1/2 EMT 844648

Z-Bracket 60532

Adapter, 1/2 EMT 843837

Dual-Pull Equalizer 840051

Dual-Pull Mechanism 840058

Auxiliary Equipment

Pressure Operated Switch, Standard 486536

Pressure Operated Switch, Ex Proof 981332

Pressure Operated Trip 874290

Main to Reserve Transfer Switch 802398

Discharge Indicator 1/2" (Al) 875553

90-FM200M-030 7-4 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-1. Parts List (continued)

Nomenclature Part Number

Check Valves

Check Valve, 1/2 NPT 800327

Check Valve, 3/4 NPT 800266

Check Valve, 1 NPT 800443

Check Valve, 1 NPT 800444

Check Valve, 1 NPT 870152

Check Valve, 2 NPT 870151

Check Valve, 2 NPT 263716

Check Valve, 3" NPT 870100

Swing Check Valve, 2" NPT 06-118213-001

Swing Check Valve, 3" NPT 06-118058-001

Manifold El-Check Valve, 2 NPT 877690

Directional Valve, 1/2" NPT* 90-118325-001

Directional Valve, 3/4" NPT* 90-118325-002

Directional Valve, 1" NPT* 90-118325-003

Directional Valve, 1" NPT* 90-118325-004

Directional Valve, 1" Flanged* 90-118327-001

Directional Valve, 2" Flanged* 90-118327-002

Directional Valve, 3" Flanged* 90-118327-003

Directional Valve, 4" Flanged* 90-118327-004

Pneumatic Solenoid* 06-118329-001

Pressure Regulator* 90-118334-001

CYLINDER RECHARGE ADAPTERS

Cylinder Size, 225 and 395 lb. 878758

NAME PLATE

"Main" 31033

"Reserve" 31034

"Warning FM-200" 06-231865-739

ESCUTCHEON PLATES

3" Escutcheon Plate 06-236133-001

5" Escutcheon Plate 06-236134-001

*Note: Not UL Listed for use with ADS Systems (FM Approved only.)

February 2004 7-5 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

7-2 UL LISTED DISCHARGE NOZZLES

! WARNING
Only listed Kidde ADS Series FM-200 nozzles are to be used on Kidde ADS Series FM-200 Fire Suppression
Systems. Failure to comply with this WARNING will result in unpredictable agent distribution.

Table 7-2. UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles

UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

0.0460 90-194423-101

0.0475 90-194423-102

0.0491 90-194423-103

0.0519 90-194423-104

0.0535 90-194423-105

0.0554 90-194423-106

0.0603 90-194423-107

0.0620 90-194423-108

0.0661 90-194423-109

0.0716 90-194423-110

0.0767 90-194423-111

0.0784 90-194423-112

0.0845 90-194423-113

0.0866 90-194423-114

0.0928 90-194423-115

0.0951 90-194423-116

0.1014 90-194423-117

0.1064 90-194423-118

0.1116 90-194423-119 90-194424-119

0.1170 90-194423-120 90-194424-120

0.1238 90-194423-121 90-194424-121

0.1296 90-194423-122 90-194424-122

0.1340 90-194423-123 90-194424-123

0.1398 90-194423-124 90-194424-124

0.1503 90-194423-125 90-194424-125

0.1612 90-194423-126 90-194424-126

0.1726 90-194423-127 90-194424-127

0.1843 90-194423-128 90-194424-128 90-194425-128

0.1963 90-194423-129 90-194424-129 90-194425-129

90-FM200M-030 7-6 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-2. UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles (continued)

UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

0.2088 90-194423-130 90-194424-130 90-194425-130

0.2216 90-194423-131 90-194424-131 90-194425-131

0.2349 90-194423-132 90-194424-132 90-194425-132

0.2485 90-194424-133 90-194425-133

0.2625 90-194424-134 90-194425-134

0.2769 90-194424-135 90-194425-135

0.2917 90-194424-136 90-194425-136

0.3068 90-194424-137 90-194425-137 90-194426-137

0.3223 90-194424-138 90-194425-138 90-194426-138

0.3382 90-194424-139 90-194425-139 90-194426-139

0.3546 90-194424-140 90-194425-140 90-194426-140

0.3883 90-194424-141 90-194425-141 90-194426-141

0.4058 90-194424-142 90-194425-142 90-194426-142

0.4236 90-194424-143 90-194425-143 90-194426-143 90-194427-143

0.4418 90-194425-144 90-194426-144 90-194427-144

0.4604 90-194425-145 90-194426-145 90-194427-145

0.4793 90-194425-146 90-194426-146 90-194427-146

0.5185 90-194425-147 90-194426-147 90-194427-147

0.5386 90-194425-148 90-194426-148 90-194427-148

0.5592 90-194425-149 90-194426-149 90-194427-149

0.5801 90-194425-150 90-194426-150 90-194427-150

0.6230 90-194425-151 90-194426-151 90-194427-151

0.6450 90-194425-152 90-194426-152 90-194427-152

0.6903 90-194425-153 90-194426-153 90-194427-153 90-194428-153

0.7135 90-194426-154 90-194427-154 90-194428-154

0.7611 90-194426-155 90-194427-155 90-194428-155

0.7854 90-194426-156 90-194427-156 90-194428-156

0.8352 90-194426-157 90-194427-157 90-194428-157

0.8608 90-194426-158 90-194427-158 90-194428-158

0.9129 90-194426-159 90-194427-159 90-194428-159

0.9666 90-194426-160 90-194427-160 90-194428-160

February 2004 7-7 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-2. UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles (continued)

UL Listed 360 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

1.0218 90-194426-161 90-194427-161 90-194428-161

1.0499 90-194426-162 90-194427-162 90-194428-162

1.1075 90-194426-163 90-194427-163 90-194428-163

1.1667 90-194426-164 90-194427-164 90-194428-164

1.2272 90-194427-165 90-194428-165

1.2892 90-194427-166 90-194428-166

1.3530 90-194427-167 90-194428-167

1.4183 90-194427-168 90-194428-168

1.4849 90-194427-169 90-194428-169

1.5530 90-194427-170 90-194428-170

1.6230 90-194427-171 90-194428-171

1.6944 90-194428-172

1.7671 90-194428-173

1.9175 90-194428-174

2.0739 90-194428-175

2.2365 90-194428-176

2.4053 90-194428-177

2.5802 90-194428-178

90-FM200M-030 7-8 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-3. UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles

UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

0.0460 90-194413-101

0.0475 90-194413-102

0.0491 90-194413-103

0.0519 90-194413-104

0.0535 90-194413-105

0.0554 90-194413-106

0.0603 90-194413-107

0.0620 90-194413-108

0.0661 90-194413-109

0.0716 90-194413-110

0.0767 90-194413-111

0.0784 90-194413-112

0.0845 90-194413-113

0.0866 90-194413-114

0.0928 90-194413-115

0.0951 90-194413-116

0.1014 90-194413-117

0.1064 90-194413-118

0.1116 90-194413-119 90-194414-119

0.1170 90-194413-120 90-194414-120

0.1238 90-194413-121 90-194414-121

0.1296 90-194413-122 90-194414-122

0.1340 90-194413-123 90-194414-123

0.1398 90-194413-124 90-194414-124

0.1503 90-194413-125 90-194414-125

0.1612 90-194413-126 90-194414-126

0.1726 90-194413-127 90-194414-127

0.1843 90-194413-128 90-194414-128 90-194415-128

0.1963 90-194413-129 90-194414-129 90-194415-129

February 2004 7-9 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-3. UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles (continued)

UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

0.2088 90-194413-130 90-194414-130 90-194415-130

0.2216 90-194413-131 90-194414-131 90-194415-131

0.2349 90-194413-132 90-194414-132 90-194415-132

0.2485 90-194414-133 90-194415-133

0.2625 90-194414-134 90-194415-134

0.2769 90-194414-135 90-194415-135

0.2917 90-194414-136 90-194415-136

0.3068 90-194414-137 90-194415-137 90-194416-137

0.3223 90-194414-138 90-194415-138 90-194416-138

0.3382 90-194414-139 90-194415-139 90-194416-139

0.3546 90-194414-140 90-194415-140 90-194416-140

0.3883 90-194414-141 90-194415-141 90-194416-141

0.4058 90-194414-142 90-194415-142 90-194416-142

0.4236 90-194414-143 90-194415-143 90-194416-143 90-194417-143

0.4418 90-194415-144 90-194416-144 90-194417-144

0.4604 90-194415-145 90-194416-145 90-194417-145

0.4793 90-194415-146 90-194416-146 90-194417-146

0.5185 90-194415-147 90-194416-147 90-194417-147

0.5386 90-194415-148 90-194416-148 90-194417-148

0.5592 90-194415-149 90-194416-149 90-194417-149

0.5801 90-194415-150 90-194416-150 90-194417-150

0.6230 90-194415-151 90-194416-151 90-194417-151

0.6450 90-194415-152 90-194416-152 90-194417-152

0.6903 90-194415-153 90-194416-153 90-194417-153 90-194418-153

0.7135 90-194416-154 90-194417-154 90-194418-154

0.7611 90-194416-155 90-194417-155 90-194418-155

0.7854 90-194416-156 90-194417-156 90-194418-156

0.8352 90-194416-157 90-194417-157 90-194418-157

0.8608 90-194416-158 90-194417-158 90-194418-158

0.9129 90-194416-159 90-194417-159 90-194418-159

0.9666 90-194416-160 90-194417-160 90-194418-160

90-FM200M-030 7-10 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-3. UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles (continued)

UL Listed 180 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

1.0218 90-194416-161 90-194417-161 90-194418-161

1.0499 90-194416-162 90-194417-162 90-194418-162

1.1075 90-194416-163 90-194417-163 90-194418-163

1.1667 90-194416-164 90-194417-164 90-194418-164

1.2272 90-194417-165 90-194418-165

1.2892 90-194417-166 90-194418-166

1.3530 90-194417-167 90-194418-167

1.4183 90-194417-168 90-194418-168

1.4849 90-194417-169 90-194418-169

1.5530 90-194417-170 90-194418-170

1.6230 90-194417-171 90-194418-171

1.6944 90-194418-172

1.7671 90-194418-173

1.9175 90-194418-174

2.0739 90-194418-175

2.2365 90-194418-176

2.4053 90-194418-177

2.5802 90-194418-178

February 2004 7-11 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

7-3 UL LISTED AND FM APPROVED DISCHARGE NOZZLES

! WARNING
Only listed Kidde ADS Series FM-200 nozzles are to be used on Kidde ADS Series FM-200 Fire Suppression
Systems. Failure to comply with this WARNING will result in unpredictable agent distribution.
Table 7-4. UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles

UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

0.0460 90-194423-201

0.0475 90-194423-202

0.0491 90-194423-203

0.0519 90-194423-204

0.0535 90-194423-205

0.0554 90-194423-206

0.0603 90-194423-207

0.0620 90-194423-208

0.0661 90-194423-209

0.0716 90-194423-210

0.0767 90-194423-211

0.0784 90-194423-212

0.0845 90-194423-213

0.0866 90-194423-214

0.0928 90-194423-215

0.0951 90-194423-216

0.1014 90-194423-217

0.1064 90-194423-218

0.1116 90-194423-219 90-194424-219

0.1170 90-194423-220 90-194424-220

0.1238 90-194423-221 90-194424-221

0.1296 90-194423-222 90-194424-222

0.1340 90-194423-223 90-194424-223

0.1398 90-194423-224 90-194424-224

0.1503 90-194423-225 90-194424-225

0.1612 90-194423-226 90-194424-226

0.1726 90-194423-227 90-194424-227

0.1843 90-194423-228 90-194424-228 90-194425-228

0.1963 90-194423-229 90-194424-229 90-194425-229

90-FM200M-030 7-12 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-4. UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles (continued)

UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

0.2088 90-194423-230 90-194424-230 90-194425-230

0.2216 90-194423-231 90-194424-231 90-194425-231

0.2349 90-194423-232 90-194424-232 90-194425-232

0.2485 90-194424-233 90-194425-233

0.2625 90-194424-234 90-194425-234

0.2769 90-194424-235 90-194425-235

0.2917 90-194424-236 90-194425-236

0.3068 90-194424-237 90-194425-237 90-194426-237

0.3223 90-194424-238 90-194425-238 90-194426-238

0.3382 90-194424-239 90-194425-239 90-194426-239

0.3546 90-194424-240 90-194425-240 90-194426-240

0.3883 90-194424-241 90-194425-241 90-194426-241

0.4058 90-194424-242 90-194425-242 90-194426-242

0.4236 90-194424-243 90-194425-243 90-194426-243 90-194427-243

0.4418 90-194425-244 90-194426-244 90-194427-244

0.4604 90-194425-245 90-194426-245 90-194427-245

0.4793 90-194425-246 90-194426-246 90-194427-246

0.5185 90-194425-247 90-194426-247 90-194427-247

0.5386 90-194425-248 90-194426-248 90-194427-248

0.5592 90-194425-249 90-194426-249 90-194427-249

0.5801 90-194425-250 90-194426-250 90-194427-250

0.6230 90-194425-251 90-194426-251 90-194427-251

0.6450 90-194425-252 90-194426-252 90-194427-252

0.6903 90-194425-253 90-194426-253 90-194427-253 90-194428-253

0.7135 90-194426-254 90-194427-254 90-194428-254

0.7611 90-194426-255 90-194427-255 90-194428-255

0.7854 90-194426-256 90-194427-256 90-194428-256

0.8352 90-194426-257 90-194427-257 90-194428-257

0.8608 90-194426-258 90-194427-258 90-194428-258

0.9129 90-194426-259 90-194427-259 90-194428-259

0.9666 90-194426-260 90-194427-260 90-194428-260

February 2004 7-13 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-4. UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles (continued)

UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

1.0218 90-194426-261 90-194427-261 90-194428-261

1.0499 90-194426-262 90-194427-262 90-194428-262

1.1075 90-194426-263 90-194427-263 90-194428-263

1.1667 90-194426-264 90-194427-264 90-194428-264

1.2272 90-194427-265 90-194428-265

1.2892 90-194427-266 90-194428-266

1.3530 90-194427-267 90-194428-267

1.4183 90-194427-268 90-194428-268

1.4849 90-194427-269 90-194428-269

1.5530 90-194427-270 90-194428-270

1.6230 90-194427-271 90-194428-271

1.6944 90-194428-272

1.7671 90-194428-273

1.9175 90-194428-274

2.0739 90-194428-275

2.2365 90-194428-276

2.4053 90-194428-277

2.5802 90-194428-278

90-FM200M-030 7-14 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-5. UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles

UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

0.0460 90-194413-201

0.0475 90-194413-202

0.0491 90-194413-203

0.0519 90-194413-204

0.0535 90-194413-205

0.0554 90-194413-206

0.0603 90-194413-207

0.0620 90-194413-208

0.0661 90-194413-209

0.0716 90-194413-210

0.0767 90-194413-211

0.0784 90-194413-212

0.0845 90-194413-213

0.0866 90-194413-214

0.0928 90-194413-215

0.0951 90-194413-216

0.1014 90-194413-217

0.1064 90-194413-218

0.1116 90-194413-219 90-194414-219

0.1170 90-194413-220 90-194414-220

0.1238 90-194413-221 90-194414-221

0.1296 90-194413-222 90-194414-222

0.1340 90-194413-223 90-194414-223

0.1398 90-194413-224 90-194414-224

0.1503 90-194413-225 90-194414-225

0.1612 90-194413-226 90-194414-226

0.1726 90-194413-227 90-194414-227

0.1843 90-194413-228 90-194414-228 90-194415-228

0.1963 90-194413-229 90-194414-229 90-194415-229

February 2004 7-15 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-5. UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles (continued)

UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

0.2088 90-194413-230 90-194414-230 90-194415-230

0.2216 90-194413-231 90-194414-231 90-194415-231

0.2349 90-194413-232 90-194414-232 90-194415-232

0.2485 90-194414-233 90-194415-233

0.2625 90-194414-234 90-194415-234

0.2769 90-194414-235 90-194415-235

0.2917 90-194414-236 90-194415-236

0.3068 90-194414-237 90-194415-237 90-194416-237

0.3223 90-194414-238 90-194415-238 90-194416-238

0.3382 90-194414-239 90-194415-239 90-194416-239

0.3546 90-194414-240 90-194415-240 90-194416-240

0.3883 90-194414-241 90-194415-241 90-194416-241

0.4058 90-194414-242 90-194415-242 90-194416-242

0.4236 90-194414-243 90-194415-243 90-194416-243 90-194417-243

0.4418 90-194415-244 90-194416-244 90-194417-244

0.4604 90-194415-245 90-194416-245 90-194417-245

0.4793 90-194415-246 90-194416-246 90-194417-246

0.5185 90-194415-247 90-194416-247 90-194417-247

0.5386 90-194415-248 90-194416-248 90-194417-248

0.5592 90-194415-249 90-194416-249 90-194417-249

0.5801 90-194415-250 90-194416-250 90-194417-250

0.6230 90-194415-251 90-194416-251 90-194417-251

0.6450 90-194415-252 90-194416-252 90-194417-252

0.6903 90-194415-253 90-194416-253 90-194417-253 90-194418-253

0.7135 90-194416-254 90-194417-254 90-194418-254

0.7611 90-194416-255 90-194417-255 90-194418-255

0.7854 90-194416-256 90-194417-256 90-194418-256

0.8352 90-194416-257 90-194417-257 90-194418-257

0.8608 90-194416-258 90-194417-258 90-194418-258

0.9129 90-194416-259 90-194417-259 90-194418-259

0.9666 90-194416-260 90-194417-260 90-194418-260

90-FM200M-030 7-16 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

Table 7-5. UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles (continued)

UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles

Area (in2)
1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT 1" NPT 1-1/4" NPT 1-1/2" NPT 2" NPT

1.0218 90-194416-261 90-194417-261 90-194418-261

1.0499 90-194416-262 90-194417-262 90-194418-262

1.1075 90-194416-263 90-194417-263 90-194418-263

1.1667 90-194416-264 90-194417-264 90-194418-264

1.2272 90-194417-265 90-194418-265

1.2892 90-194417-266 90-194418-266

1.3530 90-194417-267 90-194418-267

1.4183 90-194417-268 90-194418-268

1.4849 90-194417-269 90-194418-269

1.5530 90-194417-270 90-194418-270

1.6230 90-194417-271 90-194418-271

1.6944 90-194418-272

1.7671 90-194418-273

1.9175 90-194418-274

2.0739 90-194418-275

2.2365 90-194418-276

2.4053 90-194418-277

2.5802 90-194418-278

February 2004 7-17 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

90-FM200M-030 7-18 February 2004

 FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

APPENDIX A
MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS

February 2004 A-1 90-FM200M-030

FM-200 ADS Series Engineered Fire Suppression

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

90-FM200M-030 A-2 February 2004

 MATERIAL SAFETY
DATA SHEET

MSDS Number: 00057 Effective Date: 04/20/2001

Product Name: FM-200 Page: 1 of 7

SECTION I - CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION

Product Name: FM-200
Manufacturer: Great Lakes Chemical Corporation
Address: P.O. Box 2200 City: West Lafayette
State: Indiana Zip: 47996-2200
Emergency Telephone Number: 1-800-949-5167
Information Telephone Number: 1-765-497-6100 Fax: 1-765-497-6123
Chemtrec Phone: 1-800-424-9300
Effective Date: 04/20/2001 Supercede Date: 4/7/98
MSDS Prepared By: Regulatory Affairs Department/Great Lakes Chemical Corporation
Synonyms: 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane, 2H-Heptafluoropropane
Product Use: Fire extinguishing, fire suppression, explosion suppression and inerting agent
Chemical Name: 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane
Chemical Family: Halogenated alkane
Additional Information
No information available

SECTION II - COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

INGREDIENT NAME
1,1,1,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane
*Indented chemicals are components of previous ingredient.
No information available
CAS NO. % EXPOSURE LIMITS
431890 > or = 99.9 Y (Hazardous)
Not established (OSHA PEL TWA)
Not established (OSHA PEL STEL)
Not established (OSHA PEL CEIL)
Not established (ACGIH TLV TWA)
Not established (ACGIH TLV STEL)
Not established (ACGIH TLV CEIL)
Additional Information

SECTION III - HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

Emergency Overview:
Relevant Routes of Exposure:
Signs and Symptoms of
Overexposure:
Colorless gas
Odorless
Direct eye or skin contact with the liquid or cold gas can cause chilling
or possibly frostbite of exposed tissues.
May cause central nervous system effects.
Inhalation of high concentrations can be harmful or fatal due to
oxygen deprivation and/or heart irregularities.
Inhalation
Symptoms similar to oxygen deprivation (headache, nausea, dizziness
or loss of consciousness) may result from overexposure by inhalation.
Heart irregularities such as irregular pulse or heart palpitations may
indicate cardiac sensitivity. Cold, white or discolored skin or in severe
cases blistering, can be a sign of frostbite caused by cold liquids or
gases.
 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
MSDS Number: 00057 Effective Date: 04/20/2001
Product Name: FM-200 Page: 2 of 7

SECTION III - HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

Medical Conditions Generally
Aggravated By Exposure: Persons with preexisting cardiac, respiratory, or central nervous
system disorders may be more susceptible to effects of an
overexposure. The use of epinephrine or similar compounds can
increase susceptibility to heart irregularities caused by excessive
exposure to these types of compounds.
Potential Health Effects: See Section XI for additional information.
Eyes: Direct eye contact with the liquid or cold gas can cause chilling or
possibly frostbite of exposed tissues.
Skin: Direct skin contact with the liquid or cold gas can cause chilling or
possibly frostbite of exposed tissues.
Ingestion: Not expected to be a hazard in normal industrial use.
Inhalation: Inhalation of high concentrations can be harmful or fatal due to
oxygen deprivation and/or heart irregularities (arrhythmias). Misuse
of the product by deliberately inhaling high concentrations of this gas
could cause death without warning.
Chronic Health Effects: None known
Carcinogenicity:
NTP: No ACGIH: No
IARC: No OTHER: No
OSHA: No
Additional Information
No information available

SECTION IV - FIRST AID MEASURES

Eyes: Flush with water. Get medical attention.
Skin: Flush with water; if frostbite occurs get medical attention.
Ingestion: No information available
Inhalation: Remove person to fresh air; if not breathing, give artificial
respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical
attention.
Antidotes: No information available
Notes to Physicians and/or
Protection for First-Aiders: The use of epinephrine or similar compounds can increase
susceptibility to heart irregularities caused by excessive exposure to
these types of compounds.
Additional Information
No information available

SECTION V - FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

Flammable Limits in Air (% by
Volume):
Flash Point:
Autoignition Temperature:
Extinguishing Media:
Fire Fighting Instructions:
Not applicable
Nonflammable gas
Not available
All conventional media are suitable.
Keep cylinders cool with a water spray applied from a safe distance.
Use a self-contained breathing apparatus if containers rupture or
release under fire conditions. Do not allow reentry into areas where
this material has been released without first ventilating to remove
products of combustion/decomposition.
 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
MSDS Number: 00057
Product Name: FM-200
SECTION V - FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
Unusual Fire and Explosion
Hazards:
Flammability Classification:
Known or Anticipated
Hazardous Products of
Combustion:
No information available
SECTION VI - ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Accidental Release Measures:
Personal Precautions:
Environmental Precautions:
No information available
SECTION VII - HANDLING AND STORAGE
Handling:
Storage:
Other Precautions:
No information available
SECTION VIII - EXPOSURE CONTROLS /PERSONAL PROTECTION
Engineering Controls:
Ventilation Requirements:
Personal Protective Equipment:
Eye/Face Protection:
Skin Protection:
Respiratory Protection:
Effective Date: 04/20/2001
Page: 3 of 7
Although containers of our product are provided with pressure and
temperature relief devices, containers can rupture if exposed to
localized heat. Thermal decomposition will generate toxic and
corrosive gases.
Nonflammable gas
Decomposition by elevated temperatures (fire conditions, glowing
metal surfaces) may generate hazardous decomposition products
common to other CFCs, HCFCs or HBFCs. These can include
hydrogen fluoride (ACGIH TLV = 3 ppm), carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide and others.
Additional Information
Evacuate the area and ventilate. Do not enter areas where high
concentrations may exist (especially confined or poorly ventilated
areas) without appropriate protective equipment including a self-
contained breathing apparatus.
See Section VIII.
No information available
Additional Information
Use the same type of precautions as would be used in handling any
cryogenic gas. Protect container from damage. Handle in well-
ventilated areas. When this material is used as a firefighting agent in
fixed or portable extinguishing systems, follow manufacturer's
instructions for operation, inspection, maintenance and repair of the
system.
Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area away from incompatible
materials.
Keep container tightly closed.
No information available
Additional Information
No information available
Use local ventilation to minimize exposure to gas.
Use mechanical ventilation for general area control.
Chemical splash goggles when handling liquid
Use lined neoprene gloves if handling liquid.
Clothing designed to minimize skin contact
Wear a NIOSH/MSHA approved self-contained breathing apparatus in
emergency situations.
 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
MSDS Number: 00057 Effective Date: 04/20/2001
Product Name: FM-200 Page: 4 of 7

SECTION VIII - EXPOSURE CONTROLS /PERSONAL PROTECTION

Other Protective
Clothing or Equipment:
Exposure Guidelines:
Work Hygienic Practices:
No information available
Consult the OSHA respiratory protection information located at
29CFR 1910.134 and the American National Standard Institute's
Practices of Respiratory Protection Z88.2.
No information available
See Section II.
Wash thoroughly after handling.
Wash contaminated clothing before reuse.
Make sure piping is empty before doing maintenance work.
Additional Information

SECTION IX - PHYSICAL & CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Appearance: Colorless gas Percent Volatile: Not available
Boiling Point: -16.4 degrees C (3 pH Value: Not available
degrees F)
Bulk Density: Not available pH Concentration: Not available
Color: Colorless Physical State: Gas
Decomposition Temperature: Not available Reactivity in Water: Not water reactive
Evaporation Rate: Not available Saturated Vapor
Concentration: Not available
Freezing Point: Not available Softening Point: Not available
Heat Value: Not available Solubility in Water: 260 mg/L
Melting Point: -131 degrees C (-204 Specific Gravity or
degrees F) Density (Water=1): 1.46
Molecular/Chemical Formula: C3HF7 Vapor Density: 6.04
Molecular Weight: 170 Vapor Pressure: 58.8 psia at 70 degrees
F (21 degrees C)
Octanol/Water Partition Viscosity: Not available
Coefficient: Not available
Odor: Odorless Volatile Organic
Compounds: Not available
Odor Threshold: Not available Water/Oil
Distribution Not available
Coefficient:
Particle Size: Not available Weight Per Gallon: Not available
Additional Information
No information available

SECTION X - STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Stability:
Conditions to Avoid:
Incompatibility With Other
Materials:
Hazardous Decomposition
Products:
Hazardous Polymerization:
Conditions to Avoid:
Stable under normal conditions of handling and use.
None
Powdered metals (ex. Al, Mg, or Zn) and strong alkalis, oxidizers or
reducing agents are not compatible with this and most other
halogenated organic compounds.
Thermal decomposition may produce the following:
Hydrogen fluoride
Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide
Will not occur
None
 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
MSDS Number: 00057 Effective Date: 04/20/2001
Product Name: FM-200 Page: 5 of 7

SECTION X - STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Additional Information
No information available

SECTION XI - T OXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

VALUE (LD50 OR LC50) ANIMAL R OUTES COMPONENTS
>788,696 ppm/4H Rat Acute Inhalation 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-Heptafluoropropane

Toxicological Information:
The human health hazards of this product are expected to be similar to other liquefied gases including N2,
CO2, CFCs, HCFCs, and HBFCs. Therefore, direct eye or skin contact with the liquid or cold gas can cause
chilling or possibly frostbite of exposed tissues. Inhalation of high concentrations can be harmful or fatal
due to oxygen deprivation and/or heart irregularities (arrhythmias). Misuse of the product by deliberately
inhaling high concentrations of this gas could cause death without warning. Persons with preexisting
cardiac or central nervous system disorders may be more susceptible to effects of an overexposure.

When tested with and without metabolic activation over a concentration range of 43.9-93.5%,
heptafluoropropane was not mutagenic in S. typhimurium. Neither toxicity nor mutagenicity was observed
in a mouse lymphoma assay when heptafluoropropane was tested to a concentration of 56.8%. Neither
toxicity nor an increase in micronuclei was observed in mice exposed to 10.5% heptafluoropropane.
Therefore, there is no evidence that heptafluoropropane is capable of inducing gene or chromosomal
mutations in vitro or chromosomal effects in vivo. In other studies, heptafluoropropane did not show
genotoxicity or cytotoxicity.

Animal studies have found the rat 4 hour LC50 to be >788,696 ppm (~80%), the highest level tested. A
cardiac sensitization study in dogs found the No Observable Adverse Effect Level (NOAEL) to be 9.0%. The
Lowest Observable Adverse Effect Level (LOAEL) for this study was reported to be 10.5%. A 90 day
inhalation study did not find any exposure related effects at 105,000 ppm (10.5% vol./vol.), the highest level
tested. Inhalation studies looking for developmental effects on pregnant rabbits and rats or their offspring
did not show any exposure related effects at the highest concentrations tested (105,000 ppm).
Additional Information
No information available

SECTION XII - ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Ecological Information: No information available
Additional Information
No information available

SECTION XIII - D ISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Disposal Considerations:
No information available
Non-contaminated product is reclaimable. Contact Great Lakes
Chemical Corporation for information. Otherwise, dispose of waste in
an approved chemical incinerator equipped with a scrubber as allowed
by current Local, State/Province, Federal/Canadian laws and
regulations.
Additional Information
 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
MSDS Number: 00057 Effective Date: 04/20/2001
Product Name: FM-200 Page: 6 of 7

SECTION XIV - T RANSPORT INFORMATION

U.S. DOT
Proper Shipping Name: Heptafluoropropane
Hazard Class: 2.2 ID Number: UN3296
Packing Group: N/A Labels: Nonflammable gas
Special Provisions: N/A Packaging Exceptions: 306
Non-Bulk Packaging: 304 Bulk Packaging: 314, 315
Passenger Air/Rail Limit: 75 kg Air Cargo Limit: 150 kg
Vessel Stowage: A Other Stowage: N/A
Reportable Quantity: N/A
AIR - ICAO OR IATA
Proper Shipping Name: Heptafluoropropane
Hazard Class: 2.2 ID Number: UN3296
Subsidiary Risk: N/A Packing Group: N/A
Hazard Labels: Nonflammable gas Packing Instructions: 200
Air Passenger Limit Per Packing Instruction -
Package: 75 kg Cargo: 200
Air Cargo Limit Per Special Provisions N/A
Package: 150 kg Code:
WATER - IMDG
Proper Shipping Name: Heptafluoropropane
Hazard Class: 2.2 ID Number: UN3296
Packing Group: N/A Subsidiary Risk: N/A
Medical First Aid Guide
Code: 350
Additional Information
EmS No. 2-09

SECTION XV - REGULATORY INFORMATION

U.S. Federal Regulations:
The components of this product are either on the TSCA Inventory or exempt (i.e. impurities, a polymer
complying with the exemption rule at 40 CFR 723.250) from the Inventory.
State Regulations:
None known
International Regulations:
This material (or each component) is listed on the following inventories:
Canada - NDSL
EU - EINECS
Australia - AICS
Japan - ENCS
Korea - ECL
China - List I

Canadian WHMIS Hazard Class and Division = A.

SARA Hazards:
Acute: Yes Chronic: No
Reactive: No Fire: No
Pressure: No
Additional Information
The above regulatory information represents only selected regulations and is not meant to be a complete list.
 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
MSDS Number: 00057 Effective Date: 04/20/2001
Product Name: FM-200 Page: 7 of 7

SECTION XVI - O THER INFORMATION

NFPA Codes:
Health: 1 Flammability: 0
Reactivity: 0 Other: 0
HMIS Codes: * indicates chronic health hazard.
Health: 1 Flammability: 0
Reactivity: 0 Protection: X
Label Statements: Not available
Other Information: Abbreviations:
(L) = Loose bulk density in g/ml
LOEC = Lowest observed effect concentration
MATC = Maximum acceptable toxicant concentration
NA = Not available
N/A = Not applicable
NL = Not limited
NOAEL = No observable adverse effect level
NOEC = No observed effect concentration
NOEL = No observable effect level
NR = Not rated
(P) = Packed bulk density in g/ml
PNOC = Particulates Not Otherwise Classified
PNOR = Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated
REL = Recommended exposure limit
TS = Trade secret
Additional Information
Information on this form is furnished solely for the purpose of compliance with OSHA's Hazard
Communication Standard, 29CFR 1910.1200 and The Canadian Environmental Protection Act, Canada
Gazette Part II, Vol. 122, No. 2 and shall not be used for any other purpose.

Revision Information:
Section II - Purity
Section XV - International inventories
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLLY LEFT BLANK.
Product: Nitrogen P-4631-F Date: October 2001

Praxair Material Safety Data Sheet

1. Chemical Product and Company Identification

Product Name: Nitrogen, compressed (MSDS No. Trade Name: Nitrogen

P-4631-F)
Chemical Name: Nitrogen Synonyms: Dinitrogen
Formula: N2 Chemical Family: Permanent gas
Telephone: Emergencies: 1-800-645-4633* Company Name: Praxair, Inc.
CHEMTREC: 1-800-424-9300* 39 Old Ridgebury Road
Routine: 1-800-PRAXAIR Danbury, CT 06810-5113
* Call emergency numbers 24 hours a day only for spills, leaks, fire, exposure, or accidents involving this
product. For routine information, contact your supplier, Praxair sales representative, or call
1-800-PRAXAIR (1-800-772-9247).

2. Composition/Information on Ingredients
See section 16 for important information about mixtures.
CAS CONCEN-
INGREDIENT NUMBER TRATION OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV-TWA (2001)
Nitrogen 7727-37-9 >99%* None currently established Simple asphyxiant
* The symbol > means greater than; the symbol <, less than.

3. Hazards Identification

EMERGENCY OVERVIEW
CAUTION! High-pressure gas.
Can cause rapid suffocation.
May cause dizziness and drowsiness.
Self-contained breathing apparatus may be required by rescue workers.
Odor: None
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE: TLV-TWA, simple asphyxiant (ACGIH, 2001). TLV-TWAs should
be used as a guide in the control of health hazards and not as fine lines between safe and dangerous
concentrations.

Copyright 1980, 1983, 1985, 1992, 1997, 2001, Praxair Technology, Inc. Page 1 of 8
All rights reserved.
Revised
Product: Nitrogen P-4631-F Date: October 2001

EFFECTS OF A SINGLE (ACUTE) OVEREXPOSURE:

INHALATIONAsphyxiant. Effects are due to lack of oxygen. Moderate concentrations may cause
headache, drowsiness, dizziness, excitation, excess salivation, vomiting, and unconsciousness. Lack
of oxygen can kill.
SKIN CONTACTNo harm expected.
SWALLOWINGAn unlikely route of exposure. This product is a gas at normal temperature and
pressure.
EYE CONTACTNo harm expected.
EFFECTS OF REPEATED (CHRONIC) OVEREXPOSURE: No harm expected.
OTHER EFFECTS OF OVEREXPOSURE: Asphyxiant. Lack of oxygen can kill.
MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY OVEREXPOSURE: The toxicology and the
physical and chemical properties of nitrogen suggest that overexposure is unlikely to aggravate existing
medical conditions.
SIGNIFICANT LABORATORY DATA WITH POSSIBLE RELEVANCE TO HUMAN HEALTH
HAZARD EVALUATION: None known.
CARCINOGENICITY: Nitrogen is not listed by NTP, OSHA, or IARC.

4. First Aid Measures

INHALATION: Remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult,
qualified personnel may give oxygen. Call a physician.
SKIN CONTACT: Flush with water. If discomfort persists, seek medical attention.
SWALLOWING: An unlikely route of exposure. This product is a gas at normal temperature and
pressure.
EYE CONTACT: Flush eyes thoroughly with water. Hold the eyelids open and away from the eyeballs
to ensure that all surfaces are flushed thoroughly. If discomfort persists, seek medical attention.
NOTES TO PHYSICIAN: There is no specific antidote. Treatment of overexposure should be directed
at the control of symptoms and the clinical condition of the patient.

5. Fire Fighting Measures

FLASH POINT (test method): Not applicable

AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURE: Not applicable
FLAMMABLE LIMITS IN AIR, % by volume: LOWER: Not applicable UPPER: Not applicable
EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Nitrogen cannot catch fire. Use media appropriate for surrounding fire.
SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES: CAUTION! High-pressure gas. Asphyxiant. Lack of
oxygen can kill. Evacuate all personnel from danger area. Immediately deluge cylinders with water from
maximum distance until cool; then move them away from fire area if without risk. Shut off flow if you
can do so without risk. Self-contained breathing apparatus may be required by rescue workers. (See
section 16.) On-site fire brigades must comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.156.

Page 2 of 8
Product: Nitrogen P-4631-F Date: October 2001

UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Heat of fire can build pressure in cylinder and
cause it to rupture. No part of cylinder should be subjected to a temperature higher than 125F (52C).
Nitrogen cylinders are equipped with a pressure relief device. (Exceptions may exist where authorized by
DOT.)
HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: None known.

6. Accidental Release Measures

STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: CAUTION! High-pressure
gas. Asphyxiant. Lack of oxygen can kill. Evacuate all personnel from danger area. Use self-contained
breathing apparatus where needed. Shut off flow if you can do so without risk. Ventilate area or move
cylinder to a well-ventilated area. Test for sufficient oxygen, especially in confined spaces, before
allowing reentry.
WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: Prevent waste from contaminating the surrounding environment.
Keep personnel away. Discard any product, residue, disposable container, or liner in an environmentally
acceptable manner, in full compliance with federal, state, and local regulations. If necessary, call your
local supplier for assistance.

7. Handling and Storage

PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN STORAGE: Store and use with adequate ventilation. Firmly
secure cylinders upright to keep them from falling or being knocked over. Screw valve protection cap
firmly in place by hand. Store only where temperature will not exceed 125 F (52 C). Store full and empty
cylinders separately. Use a first-in, first-out inventory system to prevent storing full cylinders for long
periods.
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING: Protect cylinders from damage. Use a suitable
hand truck to move cylinders; do not drag, roll, slide, or drop. Never attempt to lift a cylinder by its cap;
the cap is intended solely to protect the valve. Never insert an object (e.g., wrench, screwdriver, pry bar)
into cap openings; doing so may damage the valve and cause a leak. Use an adjustable strap wrench to
remove over-tight or rusted caps. Open valve slowly. If valve is hard to open, discontinue use and contact
your supplier. For other precautions in using nitrogen, see section 16.
For additional information on storage and handling, refer to Compressed Gas Association (CGA)
pamphlet P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers, available from the CGA. Refer to
section 16 for the address and phone number along with a list of other available publications.

8. Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

VENTILATION/ENGINEERING CONTROLS:
LOCAL EXHAUSTUse a local exhaust system, if necessary, to prevent oxygen deficiency.
MECHANICAL (general)General exhaust ventilation may be acceptable if it can maintain an
adequate supply of air.
SPECIALNone
OTHERNone
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: None required under normal use. Air-supplied respirators must be
used in confined spaces or in an oxygen-deficient atmosphere. Respiratory protection must conform to
OSHA rules as specified in 29 CFR 1910.134.
SKIN PROTECTION: Wear work gloves when handling cylinders.

Page 3 of 8
Product: Nitrogen P-4631-F Date: October 2001

EYE PROTECTION: Wear safety glasses when handling cylinders. Select in accordance with OSHA
29 CFR 1910.133.
OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Metatarsal shoes for cylinder handling. Select in accordance
with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.132 and 1910.133. Regardless of protective equipment, never touch live
electrical parts.

9. Physical and Chemical Properties

MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 28.01

SPECIFIC GRAVITY (air = 1) at 70F (21.1C) and 1 atm: 0.967
GAS DENSITY at 70F (21.1C) and 1 atm: 0.072 lb/ft3 (1.153 kg/m3)
SOLUBILITY IN WATER, vol/vol at 32F (0C) and 1 atm: 0.023
PERCENT VOLATILES BY VOLUME: 100
BOILING POINT at 1 atm: -320.44F (-195.80C)
MELTING POINT at 1 atm: -345.8F (-209.9C)
APPEARANCE, ODOR, AND STATE: Colorless, odorless, tasteless gas at normal temperature
and pressure.

10. Stability and Reactivity

STABILITY: Unstable Stable

INCOMPATIBILITY (materials to avoid): None known.
HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: None known.
HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: May Occur Will Not Occur
CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Under certain conditions, nitrogen can react violently with lithium,
neodymium, titanium, and magnesium to form nitrides. At high temperature it can also combine with
oxygen and hydrogen.

11. Toxicological Information

Nitrogen is a simple asphyxiant.

12. Ecological Information

No adverse ecological effects expected. Nitrogen does not contain any Class I or Class II ozone-depleting
chemicals. Nitrogen is not listed as a marine pollutant by DOT.

13. Disposal Considerations

WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: Do not attempt to dispose of residual or unused quantities. Return
cylinder to supplier. For emergency disposal, secure cylinder in a well-ventilated area or outdoors, and
then slowly discharge gas to the atmosphere.

Page 4 of 8
Product: Nitrogen P-4631-F Date: October 2001

14. Transport Information

DOT/IMO SHIPPING NAME: Nitrogen, compressed

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION PRODUCT
CLASS: 2.2 NUMBER: UN 1066 RQ: None
SHIPPING LABEL(s): NONFLAMMABLE GAS
PLACARD (when required): NONFLAMMABLE GAS
SPECIAL SHIPPING INFORMATION: Cylinders should be transported in a secure position, in a
well-ventilated vehicle. Cylinders transported in an enclosed, nonventilated compartment of a vehicle can
present serious safety hazards.
Shipment of compressed gas cylinders that have been filled without the owner's consent is a violation of
federal law [49 CFR 173.301(b)].

15. Regulatory Information

The following selected regulatory requirements may apply to this product. Not all such requirements are
identified. Users of this product are solely responsible for compliance with all applicable federal, state,
and local regulations.
U.S. FEDERAL REGULATIONS:
EPA (ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY)
CERCLA: COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION, AND
LIABILITY ACT OF 1980 (40 CFR Parts 117 and 302):
Reportable Quantity (RQ): None
SARA: SUPERFUND AMENDMENT AND REAUTHORIZATION ACT:
SECTIONS 302/304: Require emergency planning based on Threshold Planning Quantity
(TPQ) and release reporting based on Reportable Quantities (RQ) of Extremely Hazardous
Substances (EHS) (40 CFR Part 355):
Threshold Planning Quantity (TPQ): None
EHS RQ (40 CFR 355): None
SECTIONS 311/312: Require submission of MSDSs and reporting of chemical inventories
with identification of EPA hazard categories. The hazard categories for this product are as
follows:
IMMEDIATE: No PRESSURE: Yes
DELAYED: No REACTIVITY: No
FIRE: No
SECTION 313: Requires submission of annual reports of release of toxic chemicals that
appear in 40 CFR Part 372.
Nitrogen does not require reporting under Section 313.

Page 5 of 8
Product: Nitrogen P-4631-F Date: October 2001

40 CFR 68: RISK MANAGEMENT PROGRAM FOR CHEMICAL ACCIDENTAL

RELEASE PREVENTION: Requires development and implementation of risk management
programs at facilities that manufacture, use, store, or otherwise handle regulated substances in
quantities that exceed specified thresholds.
Nitrogen is not listed as a regulated substance.
TSCA: TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT: Nitrogen is listed on the TSCA inventory.
OSHA: OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION:
29 CFR 1910.119: PROCESS SAFETY MANAGEMENT OF HIGHLY HAZARDOUS
CHEMICALS: Requires facilities to develop a process safety management program based on
Threshold Quantities (TQ) of highly hazardous chemicals.
Nitrogen is not listed in Appendix A as a highly hazardous chemical.
STATE REGULATIONS:
CALIFORNIA: Nitrogen is not listed by California under the SAFE DRINKING WATER AND
TOXIC ENFORCEMENT ACT OF 1986 (Proposition 65).
PENNSYLVANIA: Nitrogen is subject to the PENNSYLVANIA WORKER AND COMMUNITY
RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT (35 P.S. Sections 7301-7320).

16. Other Information

Be sure to read and understand all labels and instructions supplied with all containers of this product.
NOTE: The suitability of nitrogen as a component in underwater breathing gas mixtures is to be
determined by or under the supervision of personnel experienced in the use of underwater breathing gas
mixtures and familiar with the physiological effects, methods employed, frequency and duration of use,
hazards, side effects, and precautions to be taken.
OTHER HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS OF HANDLING, STORAGE, AND USE: High-pressure
gas. Use piping and equipment adequately designed to withstand pressures to be encountered. Gas can
cause rapid suffocation due to oxygen deficiency. Store and use with adequate ventilation. Close valve
after each use; keep closed even when empty. Never work on a pressurized system. If there is a leak,
close the cylinder valve. Blow the system down in a safe and environmentally sound manner in
compliance with all federal, state, and local laws; then repair the leak. Never place a compressed gas
cylinder where it may become part of an electrical circuit.
MIXTURES: When you mix two or more gases or liquefied gases, you can create additional,
unexpected hazards. Obtain and evaluate the safety information for each component before you produce
the mixture. Consult an industrial hygienist or other trained person when you evaluate the end product.
Remember, gases and liquids have properties that can cause serious injury or death.
HAZARD RATING SYSTEMS:

NFPA RATINGS: HMIS RATINGS:

HEALTH =0 HEALTH =0
FLAMMABILITY =0 FLAMMABILITY = 0
REACTIVITY =0 REACTIVITY =0
SPECIAL = SA (CGA recommends this to designate Simple Asphyxiant.)

Page 6 of 8
Product: Nitrogen P-4631-F Date: October 2001

STANDARD VALVE CONNECTIONS FOR U.S. AND CANADA:

THREADED: 0-3000 psig CGA-580
3001-5500 psig CGA-680
5001-7500 psig CGA-677
PIN-INDEXED YOKE: 0-3000 psig CGA-960 (medical use)
ULTRA-HIGH-INTEGRITY CONNECTION: 0-3000 psig CGA-718
Use the proper CGA connections. DO NOT USE ADAPTERS. Additional limited-standard
connections may apply. See CGA pamphlet V-1 listed below.
Ask your supplier about free Praxair safety literature as referred to in this MSDS and on the label for this
product. Further information about this product can be found in the following pamphlets published by the
Compressed Gas Association, Inc. (CGA), 4221 Walney Road, 5th Floor, Chantilly, VA 20151-2923,
Telephone (703) 788-2700.
AV-1 Safe Handling and Storage of Compressed Gases
G-10.1 Commodity Specification for Nitrogen
P-1 Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers
P-9 Inert Gases Argon, Nitrogen, and Helium
P-14 Accident Prevention in Oxygen-Rich, Oxygen-Deficient Atmospheres
SB-2 Oxygen-Deficient Atmospheres
V-1 Compressed Gas Cylinder Valve Inlet and Outlet Connections
Handbook of Compressed Gases, Third Edition

Page 7 of 8
Product: Nitrogen P-4631-F Date: October 2001

Praxair asks users of this product to study this MSDS and become aware of product hazards and safety
information. To promote safe use of this product, a user should (1) notify employees, agents, and
contractors of the information in this MSDS and of any other known product hazards and safety
information, (2) furnish this information to each purchaser of the product, and (3) ask each purchaser to
notify its employees and customers of the product hazards and safety information.

The opinions expressed herein are those of qualified experts within Praxair, Inc. We
believe that the information contained herein is current as of the date of this Material
Safety Data Sheet. Since the use of this information and the conditions of use of the
product are not within the control of Praxair, Inc., it is the users obligation to
determine the conditions of safe use of the product.

Praxair MSDSs are furnished on sale or delivery by Praxair or the independent distributors and suppliers
who package and sell our products. To obtain current Praxair MSDSs for these products, contact your
Praxair sales representative or local distributor or supplier. If you have questions regarding Praxair
MSDSs, would like the form number and date of the latest MSDS, or would like the names of the Praxair
suppliers in your area, phone or write the Praxair Call Center (Phone: 1-800-PRAXAIR; Address:
Praxair Call Center, Praxair, Inc., PO Box 44, Tonawanda, NY 14151-0044).
Praxair and the Flowing Airstream design are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Praxair Technology, Inc. in the United States and other countries.

Praxair, Inc.
39 Old Ridgebury Road
Danbury, CT 06810-5113

Printed in USA Page 8 of 8

 TECHNICAL MANUAL USER FEEDBACK FORM

(Use this report to indicate deficiencies, user remarks and recommendations relating to the publication. Fold on dotted line, tape and mail to
KIDDE-FENWAL, Inc., 400 Main Street, Ashland, MA 01721, Attn. Documentation Manager or FAX to 508-881-8920)

DATE:

1. PART NUMBER 2. VOLUME NO. 3. TITLE (NOMENCLATURE)

4. CHANGE NO. OR REV. DATE 5. SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT 6. PRIORITY OF COMMENT

7. USER EVALUATION

MANUAL IS: q EXCELLENT q GOOD q FAIR q POOR q COMPLETE qINCOMPLETE

8. q PROBLEM q QUESTION q SUGGESTION qCOMMENT: (check one)

9. RECOMMENDED CHANGE TO PUBLICATION

PAGE PARAGRAPH LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON

NO. NO. NO. NO. NO. (Use Blank Continuation Sheets as Required)

10. ORIGINATOR 11. COMPANY NAME

12. ADDRESS

13. KIDDE-FENWAL USE ONLY

a. Received b. Action Necessity c. Priority d. Comments

FOLD

Place
Stamp
Here

KIDDE-FENWAL, Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721

Attn. Documentation Manager

FOLD
 LIMITED WARRANTY STATEMENT
Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. represents that this product is free from defects in material and workmanship, and it will repair or replace
any product or part thereof which proves to be defective in workmanship or material for a period of twelve (12) months from
the date of purchase but not to exceed eighteen (18) months after shipment by Kidde-Fenwal Inc. For a full description of
Kidde-Fenwals LIMITED WARRANTY, which, among other things, EXCLUDES warranties of MERCHANTABILITY and
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE and liability for CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, please read the entire LIMITED
WARRANTY on the Kidde-Fenwal Quotation, Acceptance of Order and/or Original Invoice which will become part of your
sales agreement. Please contact Kidde-Fenwal directly for a return material authorization (RMA) number before returning
material to the factory at Ashland, Massachusetts, shipment prepaid. Kidde-Fenwal will repair or replace and ship prepaid.

Kidde is a registered trademark of Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.

FM-200 is a registered trademark of Great Lakes Chemical Corporation.
All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.

These instructions do not purport to cover all the details or variations in the equipment
described, nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection
with installation, operation and maintenance. All specifications subject to change without
notice. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which
are not covered sufficiently for the purchasers purposes, the matter should be referred
to KIDDE-FENWAL INC., Ashland, Masssachusetts

06-236068-001 Rev. AD 2004 Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. Printed in USA

All Rights Reserved.